mirror of
https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gtk.git
synced 2024-11-18 17:30:10 +00:00
7604 lines
204 KiB
Plaintext
7604 lines
204 KiB
Plaintext
# Copyright (C) 2000,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
|
# Tzafrir Cohen <tzafrir@technion.ac.il>, 2000.
|
|
# Gil 'Dolfin' Osher <dolfin@rpg.org.il>, 2002
|
|
#
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Project-Id-Version: gtk+.HEAD.he\n"
|
|
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
|
"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-10-01 15:54-0400\n"
|
|
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-08-28 10:27+0200\n"
|
|
"Last-Translator: Yaron Shahrabani <sh.yaron@gmail.com>\n"
|
|
"Language-Team: Hebrew <he@li.org>\n"
|
|
"Language: he\n"
|
|
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
|
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
|
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
|
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.0\n"
|
|
|
|
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:97
|
|
msgid "Device Display"
|
|
msgstr "Device Display"
|
|
|
|
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:98
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Display which the device belongs to"
|
|
msgstr "Display to which the device belongs to"
|
|
|
|
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:112
|
|
msgid "Device manager"
|
|
msgstr "Device manager"
|
|
|
|
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:113
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Device manager which the device belongs to"
|
|
msgstr "Device manager to which the device belongs to"
|
|
|
|
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:127 gdk/gdkdevice.c:128
|
|
msgid "Device name"
|
|
msgstr "Device name"
|
|
|
|
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:142
|
|
msgid "Device type"
|
|
msgstr "Device type"
|
|
|
|
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:143
|
|
msgid "Device role in the device manager"
|
|
msgstr "Device role in the device manager"
|
|
|
|
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:159
|
|
msgid "Associated device"
|
|
msgstr "Associated device"
|
|
|
|
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:160
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Associated pointer or keyboard with this device"
|
|
msgstr "Associated pointer or keyboard to this device"
|
|
|
|
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:173
|
|
msgid "Input source"
|
|
msgstr "Input source"
|
|
|
|
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:174
|
|
msgid "Source type for the device"
|
|
msgstr "Source type for the device"
|
|
|
|
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:189 gdk/gdkdevice.c:190
|
|
msgid "Input mode for the device"
|
|
msgstr "Input mode for the device"
|
|
|
|
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:205
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Whether the device has a cursor"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the device has cursor"
|
|
|
|
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:206
|
|
msgid "Whether there is a visible cursor following device motion"
|
|
msgstr "Whether there is a visible cursor following device motion"
|
|
|
|
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:220 gdk/gdkdevice.c:221
|
|
msgid "Number of axes in the device"
|
|
msgstr "Number of axes in the device"
|
|
|
|
#: gdk/gdkdevicemanager.c:134
|
|
msgid "Display"
|
|
msgstr "Display"
|
|
|
|
#: gdk/gdkdevicemanager.c:135
|
|
msgid "Display for the device manager"
|
|
msgstr "Display for the device manager"
|
|
|
|
#: gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:102
|
|
msgid "Default Display"
|
|
msgstr "Default Display"
|
|
|
|
#: gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:103
|
|
msgid "The default display for GDK"
|
|
msgstr "The default display for GDK"
|
|
|
|
#: gdk/gdkscreen.c:72
|
|
msgid "Font options"
|
|
msgstr "Font options"
|
|
|
|
#: gdk/gdkscreen.c:73
|
|
msgid "The default font options for the screen"
|
|
msgstr "The default font options for the screen"
|
|
|
|
#: gdk/gdkscreen.c:80
|
|
msgid "Font resolution"
|
|
msgstr "Font resolution"
|
|
|
|
#: gdk/gdkscreen.c:81
|
|
msgid "The resolution for fonts on the screen"
|
|
msgstr "The resolution for fonts on the screen"
|
|
|
|
#: gdk/gdkwindow.c:392 gdk/gdkwindow.c:393
|
|
msgid "Cursor"
|
|
msgstr "Cursor"
|
|
|
|
#: gdk/x11/gdkdevice-xi.c:132 gdk/x11/gdkdevice-xi.c:133
|
|
#: gdk/x11/gdkdevice-xi2.c:111
|
|
msgid "Device ID"
|
|
msgstr "Device ID"
|
|
|
|
#: gdk/x11/gdkdevice-xi2.c:112
|
|
msgid "Device identifier"
|
|
msgstr "Device identifier"
|
|
|
|
#: gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi.c:84
|
|
msgid "Event base"
|
|
msgstr "Event base"
|
|
|
|
#: gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi.c:85
|
|
msgid "Event base for XInput events"
|
|
msgstr "Event base for XInput events"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:269
|
|
msgid "Program name"
|
|
msgstr "Program name"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:270
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to "
|
|
"g_get_application_name()"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to "
|
|
"g_get_application_name()"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284
|
|
msgid "Program version"
|
|
msgstr "Program version"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285
|
|
msgid "The version of the program"
|
|
msgstr "The version of the program"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:299
|
|
msgid "Copyright string"
|
|
msgstr "Copyright string"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:300
|
|
msgid "Copyright information for the program"
|
|
msgstr "Copyright information for the program"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:317
|
|
msgid "Comments string"
|
|
msgstr "Comments string"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318
|
|
msgid "Comments about the program"
|
|
msgstr "Comments about the program"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:368
|
|
msgid "License Type"
|
|
msgstr "License Type"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:369
|
|
msgid "The license type of the program"
|
|
msgstr "The license type of the program"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:385
|
|
msgid "Website URL"
|
|
msgstr "Website URL"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386
|
|
msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program"
|
|
msgstr "The URL for the link to the website of the program"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:401
|
|
msgid "Website label"
|
|
msgstr "Website label"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it "
|
|
"defaults to the URL"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it "
|
|
"defaults to the URL"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:418
|
|
msgid "Authors"
|
|
msgstr "Authors"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:419
|
|
msgid "List of authors of the program"
|
|
msgstr "List of authors of the program"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:435
|
|
msgid "Documenters"
|
|
msgstr "Documenters"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:436
|
|
msgid "List of people documenting the program"
|
|
msgstr "List of people documenting the program"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:452
|
|
msgid "Artists"
|
|
msgstr "Artists"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:453
|
|
msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program"
|
|
msgstr "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:470
|
|
msgid "Translator credits"
|
|
msgstr "Translator credits"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:471
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:486
|
|
msgid "Logo"
|
|
msgstr "Logo"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:487
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to "
|
|
"gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to "
|
|
"gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:502
|
|
msgid "Logo Icon Name"
|
|
msgstr "Logo Icon Name"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:503
|
|
msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box."
|
|
msgstr "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:516
|
|
msgid "Wrap license"
|
|
msgstr "Wrap license"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:517
|
|
msgid "Whether to wrap the license text."
|
|
msgstr "Whether to wrap the license text."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:189
|
|
msgid "Accelerator Closure"
|
|
msgstr "Accelerator Closure"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:190
|
|
msgid "The closure to be monitored for accelerator changes"
|
|
msgstr "The closure to be monitored for accelerator changes"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:196
|
|
msgid "Accelerator Widget"
|
|
msgstr "Accelerator Widget"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:197
|
|
msgid "The widget to be monitored for accelerator changes"
|
|
msgstr "The widget to be monitored for accelerator changes"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:222 gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:228 gtk/gtkprinter.c:125
|
|
#: gtk/gtktextmark.c:89
|
|
msgid "Name"
|
|
msgstr "Name"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:223
|
|
msgid "A unique name for the action."
|
|
msgstr "A unique name for the action."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:241 gtk/gtkbutton.c:238 gtk/gtkexpander.c:209
|
|
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:130 gtk/gtklabel.c:549 gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:333
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:202 gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1571
|
|
msgid "Label"
|
|
msgstr "Label"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:242
|
|
msgid "The label used for menu items and buttons that activate this action."
|
|
msgstr "The label used for menu items and buttons that activate this action."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:258
|
|
msgid "Short label"
|
|
msgstr "Short label"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:259
|
|
msgid "A shorter label that may be used on toolbar buttons."
|
|
msgstr "A shorter label that may be used on toolbar buttons."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:267
|
|
msgid "Tooltip"
|
|
msgstr "Tooltip"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:268
|
|
msgid "A tooltip for this action."
|
|
msgstr "A tooltip for this action."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:283
|
|
msgid "Stock Icon"
|
|
msgstr "Stock Icon"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:284
|
|
msgid "The stock icon displayed in widgets representing this action."
|
|
msgstr "The stock icon displayed in widgets representing this action."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:304 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:252
|
|
msgid "GIcon"
|
|
msgstr "GIcon"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:305 gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:215 gtk/gtkimage.c:320
|
|
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:253
|
|
msgid "The GIcon being displayed"
|
|
msgstr "The GIcon being displayed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:325 gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:180 gtk/gtkimage.c:302
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:174 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:236 gtk/gtkwindow.c:685
|
|
msgid "Icon Name"
|
|
msgstr "Icon Name"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:326 gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:181 gtk/gtkimage.c:303
|
|
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:237
|
|
msgid "The name of the icon from the icon theme"
|
|
msgstr "The name of the icon from the icon theme"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:333 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:186
|
|
msgid "Visible when horizontal"
|
|
msgstr "Visible when horizontal"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:334 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:187
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a horizontal "
|
|
"orientation."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a horizontal "
|
|
"orientation."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:349
|
|
msgid "Visible when overflown"
|
|
msgstr "Visible when overflown"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:350
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"When TRUE, toolitem proxies for this action are represented in the toolbar "
|
|
"overflow menu."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"When TRUE, toolitem proxies for this action are represented in the toolbar "
|
|
"overflow menu."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:357 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:193
|
|
msgid "Visible when vertical"
|
|
msgstr "Visible when vertical"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:358 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:194
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a vertical "
|
|
"orientation."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a vertical "
|
|
"orientation."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:365 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:200
|
|
msgid "Is important"
|
|
msgstr "Is important"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:366
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Whether the action is considered important. When TRUE, toolitem proxies for "
|
|
"this action show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Whether the action is considered important. When TRUE, toolitem proxies for "
|
|
"this action show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:374
|
|
msgid "Hide if empty"
|
|
msgstr "Hide if empty"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:375
|
|
msgid "When TRUE, empty menu proxies for this action are hidden."
|
|
msgstr "When TRUE, empty menu proxies for this action are hidden."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:381 gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:235 gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:242
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:754
|
|
msgid "Sensitive"
|
|
msgstr "Sensitive"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:382
|
|
msgid "Whether the action is enabled."
|
|
msgstr "Whether the action is enabled."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:388 gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:242 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:287
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:195 gtk/gtkwidget.c:747
|
|
msgid "Visible"
|
|
msgstr "Visible"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:389
|
|
msgid "Whether the action is visible."
|
|
msgstr "Whether the action is visible."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:395
|
|
msgid "Action Group"
|
|
msgstr "Action Group"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:396
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"The GtkActionGroup this GtkAction is associated with, or NULL (for internal "
|
|
"use)."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The GtkActionGroup this GtkAction is associated with, or NULL (for internal "
|
|
"use)."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:414 gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:172
|
|
msgid "Always show image"
|
|
msgstr "Always show image"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:415 gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:173
|
|
msgid "Whether the image will always be shown"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the image will always be shown"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:229
|
|
msgid "A name for the action group."
|
|
msgstr "A name for the action group."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:236
|
|
msgid "Whether the action group is enabled."
|
|
msgstr "Whether the action group is enabled."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:243
|
|
msgid "Whether the action group is visible."
|
|
msgstr "Whether the action group is visible."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkactivatable.c:290
|
|
msgid "Related Action"
|
|
msgstr "Related Action"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkactivatable.c:291
|
|
msgid "The action this activatable will activate and receive updates from"
|
|
msgstr "The action this activatable will activate and receive updates from"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkactivatable.c:313
|
|
msgid "Use Action Appearance"
|
|
msgstr "Use Action Appearance"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkactivatable.c:314
|
|
msgid "Whether to use the related actions appearance properties"
|
|
msgstr "Whether to use the related actions appearance properties"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:93 gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:126
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:220 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:289
|
|
msgid "Value"
|
|
msgstr "Value"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:94
|
|
msgid "The value of the adjustment"
|
|
msgstr "The value of the adjustment"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:110
|
|
msgid "Minimum Value"
|
|
msgstr "Minimum Value"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:111
|
|
msgid "The minimum value of the adjustment"
|
|
msgstr "The minimum value of the adjustment"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:130
|
|
msgid "Maximum Value"
|
|
msgstr "Maximum Value"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:131
|
|
msgid "The maximum value of the adjustment"
|
|
msgstr "The maximum value of the adjustment"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:147
|
|
msgid "Step Increment"
|
|
msgstr "Step Increment"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:148
|
|
msgid "The step increment of the adjustment"
|
|
msgstr "The step increment of the adjustment"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:164
|
|
msgid "Page Increment"
|
|
msgstr "Page Increment"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:165
|
|
msgid "The page increment of the adjustment"
|
|
msgstr "The page increment of the adjustment"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:184
|
|
msgid "Page Size"
|
|
msgstr "Page Size"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:185
|
|
msgid "The page size of the adjustment"
|
|
msgstr "The page size of the adjustment"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:123
|
|
msgid "Horizontal alignment"
|
|
msgstr "Horizontal alignment"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:124 gtk/gtkbutton.c:289
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Horizontal position of child in available space. 0.0 is left aligned, 1.0 is "
|
|
"right aligned"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Horizontal position of child in available space. 0.0 is left aligned, 1.0 is "
|
|
"right aligned"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:133
|
|
msgid "Vertical alignment"
|
|
msgstr "Vertical alignment"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:134 gtk/gtkbutton.c:308
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Vertical position of child in available space. 0.0 is top aligned, 1.0 is "
|
|
"bottom aligned"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Vertical position of child in available space. 0.0 is top aligned, 1.0 is "
|
|
"bottom aligned"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:142
|
|
msgid "Horizontal scale"
|
|
msgstr "Horizontal scale"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:143
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"If available horizontal space is bigger than needed for the child, how much "
|
|
"of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"If available horizontal space is bigger than needed for the child, how much "
|
|
"of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:151
|
|
msgid "Vertical scale"
|
|
msgstr "Vertical scale"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:152
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"If available vertical space is bigger than needed for the child, how much of "
|
|
"it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"If available vertical space is bigger than needed for the child, how much of "
|
|
"it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:169
|
|
msgid "Top Padding"
|
|
msgstr "Top Padding"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:170
|
|
msgid "The padding to insert at the top of the widget."
|
|
msgstr "The padding to insert at the top of the widget."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:186
|
|
msgid "Bottom Padding"
|
|
msgstr "Bottom Padding"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:187
|
|
msgid "The padding to insert at the bottom of the widget."
|
|
msgstr "The padding to insert at the bottom of the widget."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:203
|
|
msgid "Left Padding"
|
|
msgstr "Left Padding"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:204
|
|
msgid "The padding to insert at the left of the widget."
|
|
msgstr "The padding to insert at the left of the widget."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:220
|
|
msgid "Right Padding"
|
|
msgstr "Right Padding"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:221
|
|
msgid "The padding to insert at the right of the widget."
|
|
msgstr "The padding to insert at the right of the widget."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:110
|
|
msgid "Arrow direction"
|
|
msgstr "Arrow direction"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:111
|
|
msgid "The direction the arrow should point"
|
|
msgstr "The direction the arrow should point"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:119
|
|
msgid "Arrow shadow"
|
|
msgstr "Arrow shadow"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:120
|
|
msgid "Appearance of the shadow surrounding the arrow"
|
|
msgstr "Appearance of the shadow surrounding the arrow"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:127 gtk/gtkmenu.c:735 gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:396
|
|
msgid "Arrow Scaling"
|
|
msgstr "Arrow Scaling"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:128
|
|
msgid "Amount of space used up by arrow"
|
|
msgstr "Amount of space used up by arrow"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:109 gtk/gtkwidget.c:950
|
|
msgid "Horizontal Alignment"
|
|
msgstr "Horizontal Alignment"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:110
|
|
msgid "X alignment of the child"
|
|
msgstr "X alignment of the child"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:116 gtk/gtkwidget.c:966
|
|
msgid "Vertical Alignment"
|
|
msgstr "Vertical Alignment"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:117
|
|
msgid "Y alignment of the child"
|
|
msgstr "Y alignment of the child"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:123
|
|
msgid "Ratio"
|
|
msgstr "Ratio"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:124
|
|
msgid "Aspect ratio if obey_child is FALSE"
|
|
msgstr "Aspect ratio if obey_child is FALSE"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:130
|
|
msgid "Obey child"
|
|
msgstr "Obey child"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:131
|
|
msgid "Force aspect ratio to match that of the frame's child"
|
|
msgstr "Force aspect ratio to match that of the frame's child"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:310
|
|
msgid "Header Padding"
|
|
msgstr "Header Padding"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:311
|
|
msgid "Number of pixels around the header."
|
|
msgstr "Number of pixels around the header."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:318
|
|
msgid "Content Padding"
|
|
msgstr "Content Padding"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:319
|
|
msgid "Number of pixels around the content pages."
|
|
msgstr "Number of pixels around the content pages."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:335
|
|
msgid "Page type"
|
|
msgstr "Page type"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:336
|
|
msgid "The type of the assistant page"
|
|
msgstr "The type of the assistant page"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:353
|
|
msgid "Page title"
|
|
msgstr "Page title"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:354
|
|
msgid "The title of the assistant page"
|
|
msgstr "The title of the assistant page"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:370
|
|
msgid "Header image"
|
|
msgstr "Header image"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:371
|
|
msgid "Header image for the assistant page"
|
|
msgstr "Header image for the assistant page"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:387
|
|
msgid "Sidebar image"
|
|
msgstr "Sidebar image"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:388
|
|
msgid "Sidebar image for the assistant page"
|
|
msgstr "Sidebar image for the assistant page"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:403
|
|
msgid "Page complete"
|
|
msgstr "Page complete"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:404
|
|
msgid "Whether all required fields on the page have been filled out"
|
|
msgstr "Whether all required fields on the page have been filled out"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:135
|
|
msgid "Minimum child width"
|
|
msgstr "Minimum child width"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:136
|
|
msgid "Minimum width of buttons inside the box"
|
|
msgstr "Minimum width of buttons inside the box"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:144
|
|
msgid "Minimum child height"
|
|
msgstr "Minimum child height"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:145
|
|
msgid "Minimum height of buttons inside the box"
|
|
msgstr "Minimum height of buttons inside the box"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:153
|
|
msgid "Child internal width padding"
|
|
msgstr "Child internal width padding"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:154
|
|
msgid "Amount to increase child's size on either side"
|
|
msgstr "Amount to increase child's size on either side"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:162
|
|
msgid "Child internal height padding"
|
|
msgstr "Child internal height padding"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:163
|
|
msgid "Amount to increase child's size on the top and bottom"
|
|
msgstr "Amount to increase child's size on the top and bottom"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:171
|
|
msgid "Layout style"
|
|
msgstr "Layout style"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:172
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"How to lay out the buttons in the box. Possible values are: spread, edge, "
|
|
"start and end"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"How to layout the buttons in the box. Possible values are spread, edge, "
|
|
"start and end"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:180
|
|
msgid "Secondary"
|
|
msgstr "Secondary"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:181
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"If TRUE, the child appears in a secondary group of children, suitable for, e."
|
|
"g., help buttons"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"If TRUE, the child appears in a secondary group of children, suitable for, e."
|
|
"g., help buttons"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:227 gtk/gtkexpander.c:233 gtk/gtkiconview.c:666
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:220
|
|
msgid "Spacing"
|
|
msgstr "Spacing"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:228
|
|
msgid "The amount of space between children"
|
|
msgstr "The amount of space between children"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:237 gtk/gtktable.c:184 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:527
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1624
|
|
msgid "Homogeneous"
|
|
msgstr "Homogeneous"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:238
|
|
msgid "Whether the children should all be the same size"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the children should all be the same size"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:254 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:519 gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1631
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1065 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:276
|
|
msgid "Expand"
|
|
msgstr "Expand"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:255
|
|
msgid "Whether the child should receive extra space when the parent grows"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the child should receive extra space when the parent grows"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:271 gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1638
|
|
msgid "Fill"
|
|
msgstr "Fill"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:272
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Whether extra space given to the child should be allocated to the child or "
|
|
"used as padding"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Whether extra space given to the child should be allocated to the child or "
|
|
"used as padding"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:279 gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:165
|
|
msgid "Padding"
|
|
msgstr "Padding"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:280
|
|
msgid "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbors, in pixels"
|
|
msgstr "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbors, in pixels"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:286
|
|
msgid "Pack type"
|
|
msgstr "Pack type"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:287 gtk/gtknotebook.c:692
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"A GtkPackType indicating whether the child is packed with reference to the "
|
|
"start or end of the parent"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"A GtkPackType indicating whether the child is packed with reference to the "
|
|
"start or end of the parent"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:293 gtk/gtknotebook.c:670 gtk/gtkpaned.c:270
|
|
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:158 gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1652
|
|
msgid "Position"
|
|
msgstr "Position"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:294 gtk/gtknotebook.c:671
|
|
msgid "The index of the child in the parent"
|
|
msgstr "The index of the child in the parent"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbuilder.c:315
|
|
msgid "Translation Domain"
|
|
msgstr "Translation Domain"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbuilder.c:316
|
|
msgid "The translation domain used by gettext"
|
|
msgstr "The translation domain used by gettext"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:239
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Text of the label widget inside the button, if the button contains a label "
|
|
"widget"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Text of the label widget inside the button, if the button contains a label "
|
|
"widget"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:246 gtk/gtkexpander.c:217 gtk/gtklabel.c:570
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:348 gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:209
|
|
msgid "Use underline"
|
|
msgstr "Use underline"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:247 gtk/gtkexpander.c:218 gtk/gtklabel.c:571
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:349
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"If set, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be used "
|
|
"for the mnemonic accelerator key"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"If set, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be used "
|
|
"for the mnemonic accelerator key"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:254 gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:153
|
|
msgid "Use stock"
|
|
msgstr "Use stock"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:255
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"If set, the label is used to pick a stock item instead of being displayed"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"If set, the label is used to pick a stock item instead of being displayed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:262 gtk/gtkcombobox.c:811 gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:385
|
|
msgid "Focus on click"
|
|
msgstr "Focus on click"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:263 gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:386
|
|
msgid "Whether the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:270
|
|
msgid "Border relief"
|
|
msgstr "Border relief"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:271
|
|
msgid "The border relief style"
|
|
msgstr "The border relief style"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:288
|
|
msgid "Horizontal alignment for child"
|
|
msgstr "Horizontal alignment for child"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:307
|
|
msgid "Vertical alignment for child"
|
|
msgstr "Vertical alignment for child"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:324 gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:138
|
|
msgid "Image widget"
|
|
msgstr "Image widget"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:325
|
|
msgid "Child widget to appear next to the button text"
|
|
msgstr "Child widget to appear next to the button text"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:339
|
|
msgid "Image position"
|
|
msgstr "Image position"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:340
|
|
msgid "The position of the image relative to the text"
|
|
msgstr "The position of the image relative to the text"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:460
|
|
msgid "Default Spacing"
|
|
msgstr "Default Spacing"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:461
|
|
msgid "Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons"
|
|
msgstr "Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:475
|
|
msgid "Default Outside Spacing"
|
|
msgstr "Default Outside Spacing"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:476
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons that is always drawn outside "
|
|
"the border"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons that is always drawn outside "
|
|
"the border"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:481
|
|
msgid "Child X Displacement"
|
|
msgstr "Child X Displacement"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:482
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"How far in the x direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"How far in the x direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:489
|
|
msgid "Child Y Displacement"
|
|
msgstr "Child Y Displacement"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:490
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"How far in the y direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"How far in the y direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:506
|
|
msgid "Displace focus"
|
|
msgstr "Displace focus"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:507
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Whether the child_displacement_x/_y properties should also affect the focus "
|
|
"rectangle"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Whether the child_displacement_x/_y properties should also affect the focus "
|
|
"rectangle"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:520 gtk/gtkentry.c:696 gtk/gtkentry.c:1741
|
|
msgid "Inner Border"
|
|
msgstr "Inner Border"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:521
|
|
msgid "Border between button edges and child."
|
|
msgstr "Border between button edges and child."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:534
|
|
msgid "Image spacing"
|
|
msgstr "Image spacing"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:535
|
|
msgid "Spacing in pixels between the image and label"
|
|
msgstr "Spacing in pixels between the image and label"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:549
|
|
msgid "Show button images"
|
|
msgstr "Show button images"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:550
|
|
msgid "Whether images should be shown on buttons"
|
|
msgstr "Whether images should be shown on buttons"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:478
|
|
msgid "Year"
|
|
msgstr "Year"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:479
|
|
msgid "The selected year"
|
|
msgstr "The selected year"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:492
|
|
msgid "Month"
|
|
msgstr "Month"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:493
|
|
msgid "The selected month (as a number between 0 and 11)"
|
|
msgstr "The selected month (as a number between 0 and 11)"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:507
|
|
msgid "Day"
|
|
msgstr "Day"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:508
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"The selected day (as a number between 1 and 31, or 0 to unselect the "
|
|
"currently selected day)"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The selected day (as a number between 1 and 31, or 0 to unselect the "
|
|
"currently selected day)"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:522
|
|
msgid "Show Heading"
|
|
msgstr "Show Heading"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:523
|
|
msgid "If TRUE, a heading is displayed"
|
|
msgstr "If TRUE, a heading is displayed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:537
|
|
msgid "Show Day Names"
|
|
msgstr "Show Day Names"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:538
|
|
msgid "If TRUE, day names are displayed"
|
|
msgstr "If TRUE, day names are displayed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:551
|
|
msgid "No Month Change"
|
|
msgstr "No Month Change"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:552
|
|
msgid "If TRUE, the selected month cannot be changed"
|
|
msgstr "If TRUE, the selected month cannot be changed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:566
|
|
msgid "Show Week Numbers"
|
|
msgstr "Show Week Numbers"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:567
|
|
msgid "If TRUE, week numbers are displayed"
|
|
msgstr "If TRUE, week numbers are displayed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:582
|
|
msgid "Details Width"
|
|
msgstr "Details Width"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:583
|
|
msgid "Details width in characters"
|
|
msgstr "Details width in characters"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:598
|
|
msgid "Details Height"
|
|
msgstr "Details Height"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:599
|
|
msgid "Details height in rows"
|
|
msgstr "Details height in rows"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:615
|
|
msgid "Show Details"
|
|
msgstr "Show Details"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:616
|
|
msgid "If TRUE, details are shown"
|
|
msgstr "If TRUE, details are shown"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:628
|
|
msgid "Inner border"
|
|
msgstr "Inner border"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:629
|
|
msgid "Inner border space"
|
|
msgstr "Inner border space"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:640
|
|
msgid "Vertical separation"
|
|
msgstr "Vertical separation"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:641
|
|
msgid "Space between day headers and main area"
|
|
msgstr "Space between day headers and main area"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:652
|
|
msgid "Horizontal separation"
|
|
msgstr "Horizontal separation"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:653
|
|
msgid "Space between week headers and main area"
|
|
msgstr "Space between week headers and main area"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:53
|
|
msgid "Editing Canceled"
|
|
msgstr "Editing Canceled"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:54
|
|
msgid "Indicates that editing has been canceled"
|
|
msgstr "Indicates that editing has been canceled"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:138
|
|
msgid "Accelerator key"
|
|
msgstr "Accelerator key"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:139
|
|
msgid "The keyval of the accelerator"
|
|
msgstr "The keyval of the accelerator"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:155
|
|
msgid "Accelerator modifiers"
|
|
msgstr "Accelerator modifiers"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:156
|
|
msgid "The modifier mask of the accelerator"
|
|
msgstr "The modifier mask of the accelerator"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:173
|
|
msgid "Accelerator keycode"
|
|
msgstr "Accelerator keycode"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:174
|
|
msgid "The hardware keycode of the accelerator"
|
|
msgstr "The hardware keycode of the accelerator"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:193
|
|
msgid "Accelerator Mode"
|
|
msgstr "Accelerator Mode"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:194
|
|
msgid "The type of accelerators"
|
|
msgstr "The type of accelerators"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:226
|
|
msgid "mode"
|
|
msgstr "mode"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:227
|
|
msgid "Editable mode of the CellRenderer"
|
|
msgstr "Editable mode of the CellRenderer"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:235
|
|
msgid "visible"
|
|
msgstr "visible"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:236
|
|
msgid "Display the cell"
|
|
msgstr "Display the cell"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:243
|
|
msgid "Display the cell sensitive"
|
|
msgstr "Display the cell sensitive"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:250
|
|
msgid "xalign"
|
|
msgstr "xalign"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:251
|
|
msgid "The x-align"
|
|
msgstr "The x-align"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:260
|
|
msgid "yalign"
|
|
msgstr "yalign"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:261
|
|
msgid "The y-align"
|
|
msgstr "The y-align"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:270
|
|
msgid "xpad"
|
|
msgstr "xpad"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:271
|
|
msgid "The xpad"
|
|
msgstr "The xpad"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:280
|
|
msgid "ypad"
|
|
msgstr "ypad"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:281
|
|
msgid "The ypad"
|
|
msgstr "The ypad"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:290
|
|
msgid "width"
|
|
msgstr "width"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:291
|
|
msgid "The fixed width"
|
|
msgstr "The fixed width"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:300
|
|
msgid "height"
|
|
msgstr "height"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:301
|
|
msgid "The fixed height"
|
|
msgstr "The fixed height"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:310
|
|
msgid "Is Expander"
|
|
msgstr "Is Expander"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:311
|
|
msgid "Row has children"
|
|
msgstr "Row has children"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:319
|
|
msgid "Is Expanded"
|
|
msgstr "Is Expanded"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:320
|
|
msgid "Row is an expander row, and is expanded"
|
|
msgstr "Row is an expander row, and is expanded"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:327
|
|
msgid "Cell background color name"
|
|
msgstr "Cell background color name"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:328
|
|
msgid "Cell background color as a string"
|
|
msgstr "Cell background color as a string"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:335
|
|
msgid "Cell background color"
|
|
msgstr "Cell background color"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:336
|
|
msgid "Cell background color as a GdkColor"
|
|
msgstr "Cell background color as a GdkColor"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:343
|
|
msgid "Editing"
|
|
msgstr "Editing"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:344
|
|
msgid "Whether the cell renderer is currently in editing mode"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the cell renderer is currently in editing mode"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:352
|
|
msgid "Cell background set"
|
|
msgstr "Cell background set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:353
|
|
msgid "Whether this tag affects the cell background color"
|
|
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the cell background color"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:110
|
|
msgid "Model"
|
|
msgstr "Model"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:111
|
|
msgid "The model containing the possible values for the combo box"
|
|
msgstr "The model containing the possible values for the combo box"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:133 gtk/gtkcomboboxentry.c:104
|
|
msgid "Text Column"
|
|
msgstr "Text Column"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:134 gtk/gtkcomboboxentry.c:105
|
|
msgid "A column in the data source model to get the strings from"
|
|
msgstr "A column in the data source model to get the strings from"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:151
|
|
msgid "Has Entry"
|
|
msgstr "Has Entry"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:152
|
|
msgid "If FALSE, don't allow to enter strings other than the chosen ones"
|
|
msgstr "If FALSE, don't allow to enter strings other than the chosen ones"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:120
|
|
msgid "Pixbuf Object"
|
|
msgstr "Pixbuf Object"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:121
|
|
msgid "The pixbuf to render"
|
|
msgstr "The pixbuf to render"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:128
|
|
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Open"
|
|
msgstr "Pixbuf Expander Open"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:129
|
|
msgid "Pixbuf for open expander"
|
|
msgstr "Pixbuf for open expander"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:136
|
|
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Closed"
|
|
msgstr "Pixbuf Expander Closed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:137
|
|
msgid "Pixbuf for closed expander"
|
|
msgstr "Pixbuf for closed expander"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:144 gtk/gtkimage.c:244 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:228
|
|
msgid "Stock ID"
|
|
msgstr "Stock ID"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:145
|
|
msgid "The stock ID of the stock icon to render"
|
|
msgstr "The stock ID of the stock icon to render"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:152 gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:153
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:305 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:269
|
|
msgid "Size"
|
|
msgstr "Size"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:153
|
|
msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered icon"
|
|
msgstr "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered icon"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:162
|
|
msgid "Detail"
|
|
msgstr "Detail"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:163
|
|
msgid "Render detail to pass to the theme engine"
|
|
msgstr "Render detail to pass to the theme engine"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:196
|
|
msgid "Follow State"
|
|
msgstr "Follow State"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:197
|
|
msgid "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be colorized according to the state"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be colorized according to the state"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:214 gtk/gtkimage.c:319 gtk/gtkwindow.c:662
|
|
msgid "Icon"
|
|
msgstr "Icon"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:127
|
|
msgid "Value of the progress bar"
|
|
msgstr "Value of the progress bar"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:144 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:231
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:739 gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:352 gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:226
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:150 gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:210
|
|
msgid "Text"
|
|
msgstr "Text"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:145
|
|
msgid "Text on the progress bar"
|
|
msgstr "Text on the progress bar"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:168 gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:139
|
|
msgid "Pulse"
|
|
msgstr "Pulse"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:169
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Set this to positive values to indicate that some progress is made, but you "
|
|
"don't know how much."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Set this to positive values to indicate that some progress is made, but you "
|
|
"don't know how much."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:185
|
|
msgid "Text x alignment"
|
|
msgstr "Text x alignment"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:186
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"The horizontal text alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
|
|
"layouts."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The horizontal text alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
|
|
"layouts."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:202
|
|
msgid "Text y alignment"
|
|
msgstr "Text y alignment"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:203
|
|
msgid "The vertical text alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)."
|
|
msgstr "The vertical text alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:214 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:126
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:427
|
|
msgid "Inverted"
|
|
msgstr "Inverted"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:215 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:127
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Invert the direction in which the progress bar grows"
|
|
msgstr "Orientation and growth direction of the progress bar"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:91 gtk/gtkrange.c:419 gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:239
|
|
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:228
|
|
msgid "Adjustment"
|
|
msgstr "Adjustment"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:92 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:229
|
|
msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spin button"
|
|
msgstr "The adjustment that holds the value of the spin button"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:107
|
|
msgid "Climb rate"
|
|
msgstr "Climb rate"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:108 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:237
|
|
msgid "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button"
|
|
msgstr "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:121 gtk/gtkscale.c:244 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:246
|
|
msgid "Digits"
|
|
msgstr "Digits"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:122 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:247
|
|
msgid "The number of decimal places to display"
|
|
msgstr "The number of decimal places to display"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:119 gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:105
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:525 gtk/gtkspinner.c:131 gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:133
|
|
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:115 gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c:112
|
|
msgid "Active"
|
|
msgstr "Active"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:120
|
|
msgid "Whether the spinner is active (ie. shown) in the cell"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the spinner is active (ie. shown) in the cell"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:140
|
|
msgid "Pulse of the spinner"
|
|
msgstr "Pulse of the spinner"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:154
|
|
msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered spinner"
|
|
msgstr "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered spinner"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:232
|
|
msgid "Text to render"
|
|
msgstr "Text to render"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:239
|
|
msgid "Markup"
|
|
msgstr "Markup"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:240
|
|
msgid "Marked up text to render"
|
|
msgstr "Marked up text to render"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:247 gtk/gtklabel.c:556
|
|
msgid "Attributes"
|
|
msgstr "Attributes"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:248
|
|
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the renderer"
|
|
msgstr "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the renderer"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:255
|
|
msgid "Single Paragraph Mode"
|
|
msgstr "Single Paragraph Mode"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:256
|
|
msgid "Whether to keep all text in a single paragraph"
|
|
msgstr "Whether to keep all text in a single paragraph"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:264 gtk/gtkcellview.c:178 gtk/gtktexttag.c:178
|
|
msgid "Background color name"
|
|
msgstr "Background color name"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:265 gtk/gtkcellview.c:179 gtk/gtktexttag.c:179
|
|
msgid "Background color as a string"
|
|
msgstr "Background color as a string"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:272 gtk/gtkcellview.c:185 gtk/gtktexttag.c:186
|
|
msgid "Background color"
|
|
msgstr "Background color"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:273 gtk/gtkcellview.c:186
|
|
msgid "Background color as a GdkColor"
|
|
msgstr "Background color as a GdkColor"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:280 gtk/gtktexttag.c:202
|
|
msgid "Foreground color name"
|
|
msgstr "Foreground color name"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:281 gtk/gtktexttag.c:203
|
|
msgid "Foreground color as a string"
|
|
msgstr "Foreground color as a string"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:288 gtk/gtktexttag.c:210
|
|
#: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:133
|
|
msgid "Foreground color"
|
|
msgstr "Foreground color"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:289
|
|
msgid "Foreground color as a GdkColor"
|
|
msgstr "Foreground color as a GdkColor"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:297 gtk/gtkentry.c:663 gtk/gtktexttag.c:227
|
|
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:668
|
|
msgid "Editable"
|
|
msgstr "Editable"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:298 gtk/gtktexttag.c:228 gtk/gtktextview.c:669
|
|
msgid "Whether the text can be modified by the user"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the text can be modified by the user"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:305 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:313
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:243 gtk/gtktexttag.c:251
|
|
msgid "Font"
|
|
msgstr "Font"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:306 gtk/gtktexttag.c:244
|
|
msgid "Font description as a string, e.g. \"Sans Italic 12\""
|
|
msgstr "Font description as a string, e.g. \"Sans Italic 12\""
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:314 gtk/gtktexttag.c:252
|
|
msgid "Font description as a PangoFontDescription struct"
|
|
msgstr "Font description as a PangoFontDescription struct"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:322 gtk/gtktexttag.c:259
|
|
msgid "Font family"
|
|
msgstr "Font family"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:323 gtk/gtktexttag.c:260
|
|
msgid "Name of the font family, e.g. Sans, Helvetica, Times, Monospace"
|
|
msgstr "Name of the font family, e.g. Sans, Helvetica, Times, Monospace"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:330 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:331
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:267
|
|
msgid "Font style"
|
|
msgstr "Font style"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:339 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:340
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:276
|
|
msgid "Font variant"
|
|
msgstr "Font variant"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:348 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:349
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:285
|
|
msgid "Font weight"
|
|
msgstr "Font weight"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:358 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:359
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:296
|
|
msgid "Font stretch"
|
|
msgstr "Font stretch"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:367 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:368
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:305
|
|
msgid "Font size"
|
|
msgstr "Font size"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:377 gtk/gtktexttag.c:325
|
|
msgid "Font points"
|
|
msgstr "Font points"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:378 gtk/gtktexttag.c:326
|
|
msgid "Font size in points"
|
|
msgstr "Font size in points"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:387 gtk/gtktexttag.c:315
|
|
msgid "Font scale"
|
|
msgstr "Font scale"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:388
|
|
msgid "Font scaling factor"
|
|
msgstr "Font scaling factor"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:397 gtk/gtktexttag.c:394
|
|
msgid "Rise"
|
|
msgstr "Rise"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:398
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative)"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative)"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:409 gtk/gtktexttag.c:434
|
|
msgid "Strikethrough"
|
|
msgstr "Strikethrough"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:410 gtk/gtktexttag.c:435
|
|
msgid "Whether to strike through the text"
|
|
msgstr "Whether to strike through the text"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:417 gtk/gtktexttag.c:442
|
|
msgid "Underline"
|
|
msgstr "Underline"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:418 gtk/gtktexttag.c:443
|
|
msgid "Style of underline for this text"
|
|
msgstr "Style of underline for this text"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:426 gtk/gtktexttag.c:354
|
|
msgid "Language"
|
|
msgstr "Language"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:427
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
|
|
"when rendering the text. If you don't understand this parameter, you "
|
|
"probably don't need it"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
|
|
"when rendering the text. If you don't understand this parameter, you "
|
|
"probably don't need it"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:447 gtk/gtklabel.c:681 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:180
|
|
msgid "Ellipsize"
|
|
msgstr "Ellipsize"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:448
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the cell renderer does not "
|
|
"have enough room to display the entire string"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the cell renderer does not "
|
|
"have enough room to display the entire string"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:467 gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:413
|
|
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:702
|
|
msgid "Width In Characters"
|
|
msgstr "Width In Characters"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:468 gtk/gtklabel.c:703
|
|
msgid "The desired width of the label, in characters"
|
|
msgstr "The desired width of the label, in characters"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:492 gtk/gtklabel.c:763
|
|
msgid "Maximum Width In Characters"
|
|
msgstr "Maximum Width In Characters"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:493
|
|
msgid "The maximum width of the cell, in characters"
|
|
msgstr "The maximum width of the cell, in characters"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:511 gtk/gtktexttag.c:451
|
|
msgid "Wrap mode"
|
|
msgstr "Wrap mode"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:512
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"How to break the string into multiple lines, if the cell renderer does not "
|
|
"have enough room to display the entire string"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"How to break the string into multiple lines, if the cell renderer does not "
|
|
"have enough room to display the entire string"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:531 gtk/gtkcombobox.c:700
|
|
msgid "Wrap width"
|
|
msgstr "Wrap width"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:532
|
|
msgid "The width at which the text is wrapped"
|
|
msgstr "The width at which the text is wrapped"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:552 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:301
|
|
msgid "Alignment"
|
|
msgstr "Alignment"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:553
|
|
msgid "How to align the lines"
|
|
msgstr "How to draw the toolbar"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:565 gtk/gtkcellview.c:208 gtk/gtktexttag.c:540
|
|
msgid "Background set"
|
|
msgstr "Background set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:566 gtk/gtkcellview.c:209 gtk/gtktexttag.c:541
|
|
msgid "Whether this tag affects the background color"
|
|
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the background color"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:569 gtk/gtktexttag.c:548
|
|
msgid "Foreground set"
|
|
msgstr "Foreground set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:570 gtk/gtktexttag.c:549
|
|
msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground color"
|
|
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the foreground color"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:573 gtk/gtktexttag.c:552
|
|
msgid "Editability set"
|
|
msgstr "Editability set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:574 gtk/gtktexttag.c:553
|
|
msgid "Whether this tag affects text editability"
|
|
msgstr "Whether this tag affects text editability"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:577 gtk/gtktexttag.c:556
|
|
msgid "Font family set"
|
|
msgstr "Font family set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:578 gtk/gtktexttag.c:557
|
|
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font family"
|
|
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font family"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:581 gtk/gtktexttag.c:560
|
|
msgid "Font style set"
|
|
msgstr "Font style set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:582 gtk/gtktexttag.c:561
|
|
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font style"
|
|
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font style"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:585 gtk/gtktexttag.c:564
|
|
msgid "Font variant set"
|
|
msgstr "Font variant set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:586 gtk/gtktexttag.c:565
|
|
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font variant"
|
|
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font variant"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:589 gtk/gtktexttag.c:568
|
|
msgid "Font weight set"
|
|
msgstr "Font weight set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:590 gtk/gtktexttag.c:569
|
|
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font weight"
|
|
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font weight"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:593 gtk/gtktexttag.c:572
|
|
msgid "Font stretch set"
|
|
msgstr "Font stretch set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:594 gtk/gtktexttag.c:573
|
|
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font stretch"
|
|
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font stretch"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:597 gtk/gtktexttag.c:576
|
|
msgid "Font size set"
|
|
msgstr "Font size set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:598 gtk/gtktexttag.c:577
|
|
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font size"
|
|
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font size"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:601 gtk/gtktexttag.c:580
|
|
msgid "Font scale set"
|
|
msgstr "Font scale set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:602 gtk/gtktexttag.c:581
|
|
msgid "Whether this tag scales the font size by a factor"
|
|
msgstr "Whether this tag scales the font size by a factor"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:605 gtk/gtktexttag.c:600
|
|
msgid "Rise set"
|
|
msgstr "Rise set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:606 gtk/gtktexttag.c:601
|
|
msgid "Whether this tag affects the rise"
|
|
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the rise"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:609 gtk/gtktexttag.c:616
|
|
msgid "Strikethrough set"
|
|
msgstr "Strikethrough set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:610 gtk/gtktexttag.c:617
|
|
msgid "Whether this tag affects strikethrough"
|
|
msgstr "Whether this tag affects strikethrough"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:613 gtk/gtktexttag.c:624
|
|
msgid "Underline set"
|
|
msgstr "Underline set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:614 gtk/gtktexttag.c:625
|
|
msgid "Whether this tag affects underlining"
|
|
msgstr "Whether this tag affects underlining"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:617 gtk/gtktexttag.c:588
|
|
msgid "Language set"
|
|
msgstr "Language set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:618 gtk/gtktexttag.c:589
|
|
msgid "Whether this tag affects the language the text is rendered as"
|
|
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the language the text is rendered as"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:621
|
|
msgid "Ellipsize set"
|
|
msgstr "Ellipsize set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:622
|
|
msgid "Whether this tag affects the ellipsize mode"
|
|
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the ellipsize mode"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:625
|
|
msgid "Align set"
|
|
msgstr "Align set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:626
|
|
msgid "Whether this tag affects the alignment mode"
|
|
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the alignment mode"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:128
|
|
msgid "Toggle state"
|
|
msgstr "Toggle state"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:129
|
|
msgid "The toggle state of the button"
|
|
msgstr "The toggle state of the button"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:136
|
|
msgid "Inconsistent state"
|
|
msgstr "Inconsistent state"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:137
|
|
msgid "The inconsistent state of the button"
|
|
msgstr "The inconsistent state of the button"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:144
|
|
msgid "Activatable"
|
|
msgstr "Activatable"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:145
|
|
msgid "The toggle button can be activated"
|
|
msgstr "The toggle button can be activated"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:152
|
|
msgid "Radio state"
|
|
msgstr "Radio state"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:153
|
|
msgid "Draw the toggle button as a radio button"
|
|
msgstr "Draw the toggle button as a radio button"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:160
|
|
msgid "Indicator size"
|
|
msgstr "Indicator size"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:161 gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:72
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:129
|
|
msgid "Size of check or radio indicator"
|
|
msgstr "Size of check or radio indicator"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:200
|
|
msgid "CellView model"
|
|
msgstr "CellView model"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:201
|
|
msgid "The model for cell view"
|
|
msgstr "The model for cell view"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:71 gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:128
|
|
msgid "Indicator Size"
|
|
msgstr "Indicator Size"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:79 gtk/gtkexpander.c:267
|
|
msgid "Indicator Spacing"
|
|
msgstr "Indicator Spacing"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:80
|
|
msgid "Spacing around check or radio indicator"
|
|
msgstr "Spacing around check or radio indicator"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:106
|
|
msgid "Whether the menu item is checked"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the menu item is checked"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:113 gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:123
|
|
msgid "Inconsistent"
|
|
msgstr "Inconsistent"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:114
|
|
msgid "Whether to display an \"inconsistent\" state"
|
|
msgstr "Whether to display an \"inconsistent\" state"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:121
|
|
msgid "Draw as radio menu item"
|
|
msgstr "Draw as radio menu item"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:122
|
|
msgid "Whether the menu item looks like a radio menu item"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the menu item looks like a radio menu item"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:159
|
|
msgid "Use alpha"
|
|
msgstr "Use alpha"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:160
|
|
msgid "Whether to give the color an alpha value"
|
|
msgstr "Whether to give the color an alpha value"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:174 gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:399
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:140 gtk/gtkprintjob.c:115 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:415
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:268
|
|
msgid "Title"
|
|
msgstr "Title"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:175
|
|
msgid "The title of the color selection dialog"
|
|
msgstr "The title of the color selection dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:189 gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:323
|
|
msgid "Current Color"
|
|
msgstr "Current Color"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:190
|
|
msgid "The selected color"
|
|
msgstr "The selected color"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:204 gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:330
|
|
msgid "Current Alpha"
|
|
msgstr "Current Alpha"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:205
|
|
msgid "The selected opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
|
|
msgstr "The selected opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:309
|
|
msgid "Has Opacity Control"
|
|
msgstr "Has Opacity Control"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:310
|
|
msgid "Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:316
|
|
msgid "Has palette"
|
|
msgstr "Has palette"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:317
|
|
msgid "Whether a palette should be used"
|
|
msgstr "Whether a palette should be used"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:324
|
|
msgid "The current color"
|
|
msgstr "The current color"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:331
|
|
msgid "The current opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
|
|
msgstr "The current opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:345
|
|
msgid "Custom palette"
|
|
msgstr "Custom palette"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:346
|
|
msgid "Palette to use in the color selector"
|
|
msgstr "Palette to use in the color selector"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:110
|
|
msgid "Color Selection"
|
|
msgstr "Color Selection"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:111
|
|
msgid "The color selection embedded in the dialog."
|
|
msgstr "The color selection embedded in the dialog."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:117
|
|
msgid "OK Button"
|
|
msgstr "OK Button"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:118
|
|
msgid "The OK button of the dialog."
|
|
msgstr "The OK button of the dialog."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:124
|
|
msgid "Cancel Button"
|
|
msgstr "Cancel Button"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:125
|
|
msgid "The cancel button of the dialog."
|
|
msgstr "The cancel button of the dialog."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:131
|
|
msgid "Help Button"
|
|
msgstr "Help Button"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:132
|
|
msgid "The help button of the dialog."
|
|
msgstr "The help button of the dialog."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:683
|
|
msgid "ComboBox model"
|
|
msgstr "ComboBox model"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:684
|
|
msgid "The model for the combo box"
|
|
msgstr "The model for the combo box"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:701
|
|
msgid "Wrap width for laying out the items in a grid"
|
|
msgstr "Wrap width for laying out the items in a grid"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:723
|
|
msgid "Row span column"
|
|
msgstr "Row span column"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:724
|
|
msgid "TreeModel column containing the row span values"
|
|
msgstr "TreeModel column containing the row span values"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:745
|
|
msgid "Column span column"
|
|
msgstr "Column span column"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:746
|
|
msgid "TreeModel column containing the column span values"
|
|
msgstr "TreeModel column containing the column span values"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:767
|
|
msgid "Active item"
|
|
msgstr "Active item"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:768
|
|
msgid "The item which is currently active"
|
|
msgstr "The item which is currently active"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:787 gtk/gtkuimanager.c:224
|
|
msgid "Add tearoffs to menus"
|
|
msgstr "Add tearoffs to menus"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:788
|
|
msgid "Whether dropdowns should have a tearoff menu item"
|
|
msgstr "Whether dropdowns should have a tearoff menu item"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:803 gtk/gtkentry.c:688
|
|
msgid "Has Frame"
|
|
msgstr "Has Frame"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:804
|
|
msgid "Whether the combo box draws a frame around the child"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the combo box draws a frame around the child"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:812
|
|
msgid "Whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:827 gtk/gtkmenu.c:580
|
|
msgid "Tearoff Title"
|
|
msgstr "Tearoff Title"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:828
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"A title that may be displayed by the window manager when the popup is torn-"
|
|
"off"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"A title that may be displayed by the window manager when the popup is torn-"
|
|
"off"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:845
|
|
msgid "Popup shown"
|
|
msgstr "Popup shown"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:846
|
|
msgid "Whether the combo's dropdown is shown"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the combo's dropdown is shown"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:862
|
|
msgid "Button Sensitivity"
|
|
msgstr "Button Sensitivity"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:863
|
|
msgid "Whether the dropdown button is sensitive when the model is empty"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the dropdown button is sensitive when the model is empty"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:870
|
|
msgid "Appears as list"
|
|
msgstr "Appears as list"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:871
|
|
msgid "Whether dropdowns should look like lists rather than menus"
|
|
msgstr "Whether dropdowns should look like lists rather than menus"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:887
|
|
msgid "Arrow Size"
|
|
msgstr "Arrow Size"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:888
|
|
msgid "The minimum size of the arrow in the combo box"
|
|
msgstr "The minimum size of the arrow in the combo box"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:903 gtk/gtkentry.c:788 gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:182
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:189 gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:244 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:577
|
|
#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:158
|
|
msgid "Shadow type"
|
|
msgstr "Shadow type"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:904
|
|
msgid "Which kind of shadow to draw around the combo box"
|
|
msgstr "Which kind of shadow to draw around the combo box"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:259
|
|
msgid "Resize mode"
|
|
msgstr "Resize mode"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:260
|
|
msgid "Specify how resize events are handled"
|
|
msgstr "Specify how resize events are handled"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:267
|
|
msgid "Border width"
|
|
msgstr "Border width"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:268
|
|
msgid "The width of the empty border outside the containers children"
|
|
msgstr "The width of the empty border outside the containers children"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:276
|
|
msgid "Child"
|
|
msgstr "Child"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:277
|
|
msgid "Can be used to add a new child to the container"
|
|
msgstr "Can be used to add a new child to the container"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:165 gtk/gtkinfobar.c:430
|
|
msgid "Content area border"
|
|
msgstr "Content area border"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:166
|
|
msgid "Width of border around the main dialog area"
|
|
msgstr "Width of border around the main dialog area"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:183 gtk/gtkinfobar.c:447
|
|
msgid "Content area spacing"
|
|
msgstr "Content area spacing"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:184
|
|
msgid "Spacing between elements of the main dialog area"
|
|
msgstr "Spacing between elements of the main dialog area"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:191 gtk/gtkinfobar.c:463
|
|
msgid "Button spacing"
|
|
msgstr "Button spacing"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:192 gtk/gtkinfobar.c:464
|
|
msgid "Spacing between buttons"
|
|
msgstr "Spacing between buttons"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:200 gtk/gtkinfobar.c:479
|
|
msgid "Action area border"
|
|
msgstr "Action area border"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:201
|
|
msgid "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:635
|
|
msgid "Text Buffer"
|
|
msgstr "Text Buffer"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:636
|
|
msgid "Text buffer object which actually stores entry text"
|
|
msgstr "Text buffer object which actually stores entry text"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:643 gtk/gtklabel.c:644
|
|
msgid "Cursor Position"
|
|
msgstr "Cursor Position"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:644 gtk/gtklabel.c:645
|
|
msgid "The current position of the insertion cursor in chars"
|
|
msgstr "The current position of the insertion cursor in chars"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:653 gtk/gtklabel.c:654
|
|
msgid "Selection Bound"
|
|
msgstr "Selection Bound"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:654 gtk/gtklabel.c:655
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"The position of the opposite end of the selection from the cursor in chars"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The position of the opposite end of the selection from the cursor in chars"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:664
|
|
msgid "Whether the entry contents can be edited"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the entry contents can be edited"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:671 gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:382
|
|
msgid "Maximum length"
|
|
msgstr "Maximum length"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:672 gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:383
|
|
msgid "Maximum number of characters for this entry. Zero if no maximum"
|
|
msgstr "Maximum number of characters for this entry. Zero if no maximum"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:680
|
|
msgid "Visibility"
|
|
msgstr "Visibility"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:681
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"FALSE displays the \"invisible char\" instead of the actual text (password "
|
|
"mode)"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"FALSE displays the \"invisible char\" instead of the actual text (password "
|
|
"mode)"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:689
|
|
msgid "FALSE removes outside bevel from entry"
|
|
msgstr "FALSE removes outside bevel from entry"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:697
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Border between text and frame. Overrides the inner-border style property"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Border between text and frame. Overrides the inner-border style property"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:704 gtk/gtkentry.c:1270
|
|
msgid "Invisible character"
|
|
msgstr "Invisible character"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:705 gtk/gtkentry.c:1271
|
|
msgid "The character to use when masking entry contents (in \"password mode\")"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The character to use when masking entry contents (in \"password mode\")"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:712
|
|
msgid "Activates default"
|
|
msgstr "Activates default"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:713
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a "
|
|
"dialog) when Enter is pressed"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a "
|
|
"dialog) when Enter is pressed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:719
|
|
msgid "Width in chars"
|
|
msgstr "Width in chars"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:720
|
|
msgid "Number of characters to leave space for in the entry"
|
|
msgstr "Number of characters to leave space for in the entry"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:729
|
|
msgid "Scroll offset"
|
|
msgstr "Scroll offset"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:730
|
|
msgid "Number of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left"
|
|
msgstr "Number of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:740
|
|
msgid "The contents of the entry"
|
|
msgstr "The contents of the entry"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:755 gtk/gtkmisc.c:81
|
|
msgid "X align"
|
|
msgstr "X align"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:756 gtk/gtkmisc.c:82
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
|
|
"layouts."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
|
|
"layouts."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:772
|
|
msgid "Truncate multiline"
|
|
msgstr "Truncate multiline"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:773
|
|
msgid "Whether to truncate multiline pastes to one line."
|
|
msgstr "Whether to truncate multiline pastes to one line."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:789
|
|
msgid "Which kind of shadow to draw around the entry when has-frame is set"
|
|
msgstr "Which kind of shadow to draw around the entry when has-frame is set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:804 gtk/gtktextview.c:748
|
|
msgid "Overwrite mode"
|
|
msgstr "Overwrite mode"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:805
|
|
msgid "Whether new text overwrites existing text"
|
|
msgstr "Whether new text overwrites existing text"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:819 gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:367
|
|
msgid "Text length"
|
|
msgstr "Text length"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:820
|
|
msgid "Length of the text currently in the entry"
|
|
msgstr "Length of the text currently in the entry"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:835
|
|
msgid "Invisible character set"
|
|
msgstr "Invisible character set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:836
|
|
msgid "Whether the invisible character has been set"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the invisible character has been set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:854
|
|
msgid "Caps Lock warning"
|
|
msgstr "Caps Lock warning"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:855
|
|
msgid "Whether password entries will show a warning when Caps Lock is on"
|
|
msgstr "Whether password entries will show a warning when Caps Lock is on"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:869
|
|
msgid "Progress Fraction"
|
|
msgstr "Progress Fraction"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:870
|
|
msgid "The current fraction of the task that's been completed"
|
|
msgstr "The current fraction of the task that's been completed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:887
|
|
msgid "Progress Pulse Step"
|
|
msgstr "Progress Pulse Step"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:888
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"The fraction of total entry width to move the progress bouncing block for "
|
|
"each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse()"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The fraction of total entry width to move the progress bouncing block for "
|
|
"each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse()"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:904
|
|
msgid "Primary pixbuf"
|
|
msgstr "Primary pixbuf"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:905
|
|
msgid "Primary pixbuf for the entry"
|
|
msgstr "Primary pixbuf for the entry"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:919
|
|
msgid "Secondary pixbuf"
|
|
msgstr "Secondary pixbuf"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:920
|
|
msgid "Secondary pixbuf for the entry"
|
|
msgstr "Secondary pixbuf for the entry"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:934
|
|
msgid "Primary stock ID"
|
|
msgstr "Primary stock ID"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:935
|
|
msgid "Stock ID for primary icon"
|
|
msgstr "Stock ID for primary icon"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:949
|
|
msgid "Secondary stock ID"
|
|
msgstr "Secondary stock ID"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:950
|
|
msgid "Stock ID for secondary icon"
|
|
msgstr "Stock ID for secondary icon"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:964
|
|
msgid "Primary icon name"
|
|
msgstr "Primary icon name"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:965
|
|
msgid "Icon name for primary icon"
|
|
msgstr "Icon name for primary icon"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:979
|
|
msgid "Secondary icon name"
|
|
msgstr "Secondary icon name"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:980
|
|
msgid "Icon name for secondary icon"
|
|
msgstr "Icon name for secondary icon"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:994
|
|
msgid "Primary GIcon"
|
|
msgstr "Primary GIcon"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:995
|
|
msgid "GIcon for primary icon"
|
|
msgstr "GIcon for primary icon"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1009
|
|
msgid "Secondary GIcon"
|
|
msgstr "Secondary GIcon"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1010
|
|
msgid "GIcon for secondary icon"
|
|
msgstr "GIcon for secondary icon"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1024
|
|
msgid "Primary storage type"
|
|
msgstr "Primary storage type"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1025
|
|
msgid "The representation being used for primary icon"
|
|
msgstr "The representation being used for primary icon"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1040
|
|
msgid "Secondary storage type"
|
|
msgstr "Secondary storage type"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1041
|
|
msgid "The representation being used for secondary icon"
|
|
msgstr "The representation being used for secondary icon"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1062
|
|
msgid "Primary icon activatable"
|
|
msgstr "Primary icon activatable"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1063
|
|
msgid "Whether the primary icon is activatable"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the primary icon is activatable"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1083
|
|
msgid "Secondary icon activatable"
|
|
msgstr "Secondary icon activatable"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1084
|
|
msgid "Whether the secondary icon is activatable"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the secondary icon is activatable"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1106
|
|
msgid "Primary icon sensitive"
|
|
msgstr "Primary icon sensitive"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1107
|
|
msgid "Whether the primary icon is sensitive"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the primary icon is sensitive"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1128
|
|
msgid "Secondary icon sensitive"
|
|
msgstr "Secondary icon sensitive"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1129
|
|
msgid "Whether the secondary icon is sensitive"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the secondary icon is sensitive"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1145
|
|
msgid "Primary icon tooltip text"
|
|
msgstr "Primary icon tooltip text"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1146 gtk/gtkentry.c:1182
|
|
msgid "The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon"
|
|
msgstr "The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1162
|
|
msgid "Secondary icon tooltip text"
|
|
msgstr "Secondary icon tooltip text"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1163 gtk/gtkentry.c:1201
|
|
msgid "The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon"
|
|
msgstr "The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1181
|
|
msgid "Primary icon tooltip markup"
|
|
msgstr "Primary icon tooltip markup"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1200
|
|
msgid "Secondary icon tooltip markup"
|
|
msgstr "Secondary icon tooltip markup"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1220 gtk/gtktextview.c:776
|
|
msgid "IM module"
|
|
msgstr "IM module"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1221 gtk/gtktextview.c:777
|
|
msgid "Which IM module should be used"
|
|
msgstr "Which IM module should be used"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1235
|
|
msgid "Icon Prelight"
|
|
msgstr "Icon Prelight"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1236
|
|
msgid "Whether activatable icons should prelight when hovered"
|
|
msgstr "Whether activatable icons should prelight when hovered"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1249
|
|
msgid "Progress Border"
|
|
msgstr "Progress Border"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1250
|
|
msgid "Border around the progress bar"
|
|
msgstr "Border around the progress bar"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1742
|
|
msgid "Border between text and frame."
|
|
msgstr "Border between text and frame."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1747 gtk/gtklabel.c:903
|
|
msgid "Select on focus"
|
|
msgstr "Select on focus"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1748
|
|
msgid "Whether to select the contents of an entry when it is focused"
|
|
msgstr "Whether to select the contents of an entry when it is focused"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1762
|
|
msgid "Password Hint Timeout"
|
|
msgstr "Password Hint Timeout"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1763
|
|
msgid "How long to show the last input character in hidden entries"
|
|
msgstr "How long to show the last input character in hidden entries"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:353
|
|
msgid "The contents of the buffer"
|
|
msgstr "The contents of the buffer"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:368
|
|
msgid "Length of the text currently in the buffer"
|
|
msgstr "Length of the text currently in the buffer"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:280
|
|
msgid "Completion Model"
|
|
msgstr "Completion Model"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:281
|
|
msgid "The model to find matches in"
|
|
msgstr "The model to find matches in"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:287
|
|
msgid "Minimum Key Length"
|
|
msgstr "Minimum Key Length"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:288
|
|
msgid "Minimum length of the search key in order to look up matches"
|
|
msgstr "Minimum length of the search key in order to look up matches"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:304 gtk/gtkiconview.c:587
|
|
msgid "Text column"
|
|
msgstr "Text column"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:305
|
|
msgid "The column of the model containing the strings."
|
|
msgstr "The column of the model containing the strings."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:324
|
|
msgid "Inline completion"
|
|
msgstr "Inline completion"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:325
|
|
msgid "Whether the common prefix should be inserted automatically"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the common prefix should be inserted automatically"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:339
|
|
msgid "Popup completion"
|
|
msgstr "Popup completion"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:340
|
|
msgid "Whether the completions should be shown in a popup window"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the completions should be shown in a popup window"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:355
|
|
msgid "Popup set width"
|
|
msgstr "Popup set width"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:356
|
|
msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will have the same size as the entry"
|
|
msgstr "If TRUE, the popup window will have the same size as the entry"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:374
|
|
msgid "Popup single match"
|
|
msgstr "Popup single match"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:375
|
|
msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will appear for a single match."
|
|
msgstr "If TRUE, the popup window will appear for a single match."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:389
|
|
msgid "Inline selection"
|
|
msgstr "Inline selection"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:390
|
|
msgid "Your description here"
|
|
msgstr "Your description here"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkeventbox.c:93
|
|
msgid "Visible Window"
|
|
msgstr "Visible Window"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkeventbox.c:94
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Whether the event box is visible, as opposed to invisible and only used to "
|
|
"trap events."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Whether the event box is visible, as opposed to invisible and only used to "
|
|
"trap events."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkeventbox.c:100
|
|
msgid "Above child"
|
|
msgstr "Above child"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkeventbox.c:101
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Whether the event-trapping window of the eventbox is above the window of the "
|
|
"child widget as opposed to below it."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Whether the event-trapping window of the eventbox is above the window of the "
|
|
"child widget as opposed to below it."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:201
|
|
msgid "Expanded"
|
|
msgstr "Expanded"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:202
|
|
msgid "Whether the expander has been opened to reveal the child widget"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the expander has been opened to reveal the child widget"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:210
|
|
msgid "Text of the expander's label"
|
|
msgstr "Text of the expander's label"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:225 gtk/gtklabel.c:563
|
|
msgid "Use markup"
|
|
msgstr "Use markup"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:226 gtk/gtklabel.c:564
|
|
msgid "The text of the label includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()"
|
|
msgstr "The text of the label includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:234
|
|
msgid "Space to put between the label and the child"
|
|
msgstr "Space to put between the label and the child"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:243 gtk/gtkframe.c:165 gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:216
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1578
|
|
msgid "Label widget"
|
|
msgstr "Label widget"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:244
|
|
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual expander label"
|
|
msgstr "A widget to display in place of the usual expander label"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:251
|
|
msgid "Label fill"
|
|
msgstr "Label fill"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:252
|
|
msgid "Whether the label widget should fill all available horizontal space"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the label widget should fill all available horizontal space"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:258 gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1606 gtk/gtktreeview.c:776
|
|
msgid "Expander Size"
|
|
msgstr "Expander Size"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:259 gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1607 gtk/gtktreeview.c:777
|
|
msgid "Size of the expander arrow"
|
|
msgstr "Size of the expander arrow"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:268
|
|
msgid "Spacing around expander arrow"
|
|
msgstr "Spacing around expander arrow"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:368
|
|
msgid "Dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:369
|
|
msgid "The file chooser dialog to use."
|
|
msgstr "The file chooser dialog to use."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:400
|
|
msgid "The title of the file chooser dialog."
|
|
msgstr "The title of the file chooser dialog."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:414
|
|
msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters."
|
|
msgstr "The desired width of the button widget, in characters."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:740
|
|
msgid "Action"
|
|
msgstr "Action"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:741
|
|
msgid "The type of operation that the file selector is performing"
|
|
msgstr "The type of operation that the file selector is performing"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:747 gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:264
|
|
msgid "Filter"
|
|
msgstr "Filter"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:748
|
|
msgid "The current filter for selecting which files are displayed"
|
|
msgstr "The current filter for selecting which files are displayed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:753
|
|
msgid "Local Only"
|
|
msgstr "Local Only"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:754
|
|
msgid "Whether the selected file(s) should be limited to local file: URLs"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the selected file(s) should be limited to local file: URLs"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:759
|
|
msgid "Preview widget"
|
|
msgstr "Preview widget"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:760
|
|
msgid "Application supplied widget for custom previews."
|
|
msgstr "Application supplied widget for custom previews."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:765
|
|
msgid "Preview Widget Active"
|
|
msgstr "Preview Widget Active"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:766
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Whether the application supplied widget for custom previews should be shown."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Whether the application supplied widget for custom previews should be shown."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:771
|
|
msgid "Use Preview Label"
|
|
msgstr "Use Preview Label"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:772
|
|
msgid "Whether to display a stock label with the name of the previewed file."
|
|
msgstr "Whether to display a stock label with the name of the previewed file."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:777
|
|
msgid "Extra widget"
|
|
msgstr "Extra widget"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:778
|
|
msgid "Application supplied widget for extra options."
|
|
msgstr "Application supplied widget for extra options."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:783 gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:203
|
|
msgid "Select Multiple"
|
|
msgstr "Select Multiple"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:784
|
|
msgid "Whether to allow multiple files to be selected"
|
|
msgstr "Whether to allow multiple files to be selected"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:790
|
|
msgid "Show Hidden"
|
|
msgstr "Show Hidden"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:791
|
|
msgid "Whether the hidden files and folders should be displayed"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the hidden files and folders should be displayed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:806
|
|
msgid "Do overwrite confirmation"
|
|
msgstr "Do overwrite confirmation"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:807
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite confirmation "
|
|
"dialog if necessary."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite confirmation "
|
|
"dialog if necessary."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:823
|
|
msgid "Allow folder creation"
|
|
msgstr "Allow folder creation"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:824
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Whether a file chooser not in open mode will offer the user to create new "
|
|
"folders."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Whether a file chooser not in open mode will offer the user to create new "
|
|
"folders."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfixed.c:98 gtk/gtklayout.c:605
|
|
msgid "X position"
|
|
msgstr "X position"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfixed.c:99 gtk/gtklayout.c:606
|
|
msgid "X position of child widget"
|
|
msgstr "X position of child widget"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfixed.c:108 gtk/gtklayout.c:615
|
|
msgid "Y position"
|
|
msgstr "Y position"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfixed.c:109 gtk/gtklayout.c:616
|
|
msgid "Y position of child widget"
|
|
msgstr "Y position of child widget"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:141
|
|
msgid "The title of the font selection dialog"
|
|
msgstr "The title of the font selection dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:156 gtk/gtkfontsel.c:223
|
|
msgid "Font name"
|
|
msgstr "Font name"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:157
|
|
msgid "The name of the selected font"
|
|
msgstr "The name of the selected font"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:158
|
|
msgid "Sans 12"
|
|
msgstr "Sans 12"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:173
|
|
msgid "Use font in label"
|
|
msgstr "Use font in label"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:174
|
|
msgid "Whether the label is drawn in the selected font"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the label is drawn in the selected font"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:189
|
|
msgid "Use size in label"
|
|
msgstr "Use size in label"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:190
|
|
msgid "Whether the label is drawn with the selected font size"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the label is drawn with the selected font size"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:206
|
|
msgid "Show style"
|
|
msgstr "Show style"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:207
|
|
msgid "Whether the selected font style is shown in the label"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the selected font style is shown in the label"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:222
|
|
msgid "Show size"
|
|
msgstr "Show size"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:223
|
|
msgid "Whether selected font size is shown in the label"
|
|
msgstr "Whether selected font size is shown in the label"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:224
|
|
msgid "The string that represents this font"
|
|
msgstr "The string that represents this font"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:230
|
|
msgid "Preview text"
|
|
msgstr "Preview text"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:231
|
|
msgid "The text to display in order to demonstrate the selected font"
|
|
msgstr "The text to display in order to demonstrate the selected font"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:131
|
|
msgid "Text of the frame's label"
|
|
msgstr "Text of the frame's label"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:138
|
|
msgid "Label xalign"
|
|
msgstr "Label xalign"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:139
|
|
msgid "The horizontal alignment of the label"
|
|
msgstr "The horizontal alignment of the label"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:147
|
|
msgid "Label yalign"
|
|
msgstr "Label yalign"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:148
|
|
msgid "The vertical alignment of the label"
|
|
msgstr "The vertical alignment of the label"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:156
|
|
msgid "Frame shadow"
|
|
msgstr "Frame shadow"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:157
|
|
msgid "Appearance of the frame border"
|
|
msgstr "Appearance of the frame border"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:166
|
|
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual frame label"
|
|
msgstr "A widget to display in place of the usual frame label"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:183
|
|
msgid "Appearance of the shadow that surrounds the container"
|
|
msgstr "Appearance of the shadow that surrounds the container"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:191
|
|
msgid "Handle position"
|
|
msgstr "Handle position"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:192
|
|
msgid "Position of the handle relative to the child widget"
|
|
msgstr "Position of the handle relative to the child widget"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:200
|
|
msgid "Snap edge"
|
|
msgstr "Snap edge"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:201
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Side of the handlebox that's lined up with the docking point to dock the "
|
|
"handlebox"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Side of the handlebox that's lined up with the docking point to dock the "
|
|
"handlebox"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:209
|
|
msgid "Snap edge set"
|
|
msgstr "Snap edge set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:210
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Whether to use the value from the snap_edge property or a value derived from "
|
|
"handle_position"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Whether to use the value from the snap_edge property or a value derived from "
|
|
"handle_position"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:217
|
|
msgid "Child Detached"
|
|
msgstr "Child Detached"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:218
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"A boolean value indicating whether the handlebox's child is attached or "
|
|
"detached."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"A boolean value indicating whether the handlebox's child is attached or "
|
|
"detached."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:550
|
|
msgid "Selection mode"
|
|
msgstr "Selection mode"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:551
|
|
msgid "The selection mode"
|
|
msgstr "The selection mode"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:569
|
|
msgid "Pixbuf column"
|
|
msgstr "Pixbuf column"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:570
|
|
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the icon pixbuf from"
|
|
msgstr "Model column used to retrieve the icon pixbuf from"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:588
|
|
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text from"
|
|
msgstr "Model column used to retrieve the text from"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:607
|
|
msgid "Markup column"
|
|
msgstr "Markup column"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:608
|
|
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text if using Pango markup"
|
|
msgstr "Model column used to retrieve the text if using Pango markup"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:615
|
|
msgid "Icon View Model"
|
|
msgstr "Icon View Model"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:616
|
|
msgid "The model for the icon view"
|
|
msgstr "The model for the icon view"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:632
|
|
msgid "Number of columns"
|
|
msgstr "Number of columns"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:633
|
|
msgid "Number of columns to display"
|
|
msgstr "Number of columns to display"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:650
|
|
msgid "Width for each item"
|
|
msgstr "Width for each item"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:651
|
|
msgid "The width used for each item"
|
|
msgstr "The width used for each item"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:667
|
|
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells of an item"
|
|
msgstr "Space which is inserted between cells of an item"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:682
|
|
msgid "Row Spacing"
|
|
msgstr "Row Spacing"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:683
|
|
msgid "Space which is inserted between grid rows"
|
|
msgstr "Space which is inserted between grid rows"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:698
|
|
msgid "Column Spacing"
|
|
msgstr "Column Spacing"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:699
|
|
msgid "Space which is inserted between grid columns"
|
|
msgstr "Space which is inserted between grid columns"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:714
|
|
msgid "Margin"
|
|
msgstr "Margin"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:715
|
|
msgid "Space which is inserted at the edges of the icon view"
|
|
msgstr "Space which is inserted at the edges of the icon view"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:730
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Item Orientation"
|
|
msgstr "Orientation"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:731
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"How the text and icon of each item are positioned relative to each other"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"How the text and icon of each item are positioned relative to each other"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:747 gtk/gtktreeview.c:611 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:311
|
|
msgid "Reorderable"
|
|
msgstr "Reorderable"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:748 gtk/gtktreeview.c:612
|
|
msgid "View is reorderable"
|
|
msgstr "View is reorderable"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:755 gtk/gtktreeview.c:762
|
|
msgid "Tooltip Column"
|
|
msgstr "Tooltip Column"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:756
|
|
msgid "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the items"
|
|
msgstr "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the items"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:773
|
|
msgid "Item Padding"
|
|
msgstr "Item Padding"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:774
|
|
msgid "Padding around icon view items"
|
|
msgstr "Padding around icon view items"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:783
|
|
msgid "Selection Box Color"
|
|
msgstr "Selection Box Color"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:784
|
|
msgid "Color of the selection box"
|
|
msgstr "Color of the selection box"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:790
|
|
msgid "Selection Box Alpha"
|
|
msgstr "Selection Box Alpha"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:791
|
|
msgid "Opacity of the selection box"
|
|
msgstr "Opacity of the selection box"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:227 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:212
|
|
msgid "Pixbuf"
|
|
msgstr "Pixbuf"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:228 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:213
|
|
msgid "A GdkPixbuf to display"
|
|
msgstr "A GdkPixbuf to display"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:235 gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:290 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:220
|
|
msgid "Filename"
|
|
msgstr "Filename"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:236 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:221
|
|
msgid "Filename to load and display"
|
|
msgstr "Filename to load and display"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:245 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:229
|
|
msgid "Stock ID for a stock image to display"
|
|
msgstr "Stock ID for a stock image to display"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:252
|
|
msgid "Icon set"
|
|
msgstr "Icon set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:253
|
|
msgid "Icon set to display"
|
|
msgstr "Icon set to display"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:260 gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:230 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:494
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1003
|
|
msgid "Icon size"
|
|
msgstr "Icon size"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:261
|
|
msgid "Symbolic size to use for stock icon, icon set or named icon"
|
|
msgstr "Symbolic size to use for stock icon, icon set or named icon"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:277
|
|
msgid "Pixel size"
|
|
msgstr "Pixel size"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:278
|
|
msgid "Pixel size to use for named icon"
|
|
msgstr "Pixel size to use for named icon"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:286
|
|
msgid "Animation"
|
|
msgstr "Animation"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:287
|
|
msgid "GdkPixbufAnimation to display"
|
|
msgstr "GdkPixbufAnimation to display"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:327 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:260
|
|
msgid "Storage type"
|
|
msgstr "Storage type"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:328 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:261
|
|
msgid "The representation being used for image data"
|
|
msgstr "The representation being used for image data"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:139
|
|
msgid "Child widget to appear next to the menu text"
|
|
msgstr "Child widget to appear next to the menu text"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:154
|
|
msgid "Whether to use the label text to create a stock menu item"
|
|
msgstr "Whether to use the label text to create a stock menu item"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:187 gtk/gtkmenu.c:540
|
|
msgid "Accel Group"
|
|
msgstr "Accel Group"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:188
|
|
msgid "The Accel Group to use for stock accelerator keys"
|
|
msgstr "The Accel Group to use for stock accelerator keys"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:193
|
|
msgid "Show menu images"
|
|
msgstr "Show menu images"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:194
|
|
msgid "Whether images should be shown in menus"
|
|
msgstr "Whether images should be shown in menus"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:375 gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:201
|
|
msgid "Message Type"
|
|
msgstr "Message Type"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:376 gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:202
|
|
msgid "The type of message"
|
|
msgstr "The type of message"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:431
|
|
msgid "Width of border around the content area"
|
|
msgstr "Width of border around the content area"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:448
|
|
msgid "Spacing between elements of the area"
|
|
msgstr "Spacing between elements of the area"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:480
|
|
msgid "Width of border around the action area"
|
|
msgstr "Width of border around the action area"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkinvisible.c:89 gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:175 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:279
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:693
|
|
msgid "Screen"
|
|
msgstr "Screen"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkinvisible.c:90 gtk/gtkwindow.c:694
|
|
msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed"
|
|
msgstr "The screen where this window will be displayed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:550
|
|
msgid "The text of the label"
|
|
msgstr "The text of the label"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:557
|
|
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the label"
|
|
msgstr "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the label"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:578 gtk/gtktexttag.c:335 gtk/gtktextview.c:685
|
|
msgid "Justification"
|
|
msgstr "Justification"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:579
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"The alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to each other. "
|
|
"This does NOT affect the alignment of the label within its allocation. See "
|
|
"GtkMisc::xalign for that"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to each other. "
|
|
"This does NOT affect the alignment of the label within its allocation. See "
|
|
"GtkMisc::xalign for that"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:587
|
|
msgid "Pattern"
|
|
msgstr "Pattern"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:588
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"A string with _ characters in positions correspond to characters in the text "
|
|
"to underline"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"A string with _ characters in positions correspond to characters in the text "
|
|
"to underline"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:595
|
|
msgid "Line wrap"
|
|
msgstr "Line wrap"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:596
|
|
msgid "If set, wrap lines if the text becomes too wide"
|
|
msgstr "If set, wrap lines if the text becomes too wide"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:611
|
|
msgid "Line wrap mode"
|
|
msgstr "Line wrap mode"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:612
|
|
msgid "If wrap is set, controls how linewrapping is done"
|
|
msgstr "If wrap is set, controls how linewrapping is done"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:619
|
|
msgid "Selectable"
|
|
msgstr "Selectable"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:620
|
|
msgid "Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:626
|
|
msgid "Mnemonic key"
|
|
msgstr "Mnemonic key"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:627
|
|
msgid "The mnemonic accelerator key for this label"
|
|
msgstr "The mnemonic accelerator key for this label"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:635
|
|
msgid "Mnemonic widget"
|
|
msgstr "Mnemonic widget"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:636
|
|
msgid "The widget to be activated when the label's mnemonic key is pressed"
|
|
msgstr "The widget to be activated when the label's mnemonic key is pressed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:682
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does not have "
|
|
"enough room to display the entire string"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does not have "
|
|
"enough room to display the entire string"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:723
|
|
msgid "Single Line Mode"
|
|
msgstr "Single Line Mode"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:724
|
|
msgid "Whether the label is in single line mode"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the label is in single line mode"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:741
|
|
msgid "Angle"
|
|
msgstr "Angle"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:742
|
|
msgid "Angle at which the label is rotated"
|
|
msgstr "Angle at which the label is rotated"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:764
|
|
msgid "The desired maximum width of the label, in characters"
|
|
msgstr "The desired maximum width of the label, in characters"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:782
|
|
msgid "Track visited links"
|
|
msgstr "Track visited links"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:783
|
|
msgid "Whether visited links should be tracked"
|
|
msgstr "Whether visited links should be tracked"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:904
|
|
msgid "Whether to select the contents of a selectable label when it is focused"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Whether to select the contents of a selectable label when it is focused"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:625 gtk/gtkviewport.c:142
|
|
msgid "Horizontal adjustment"
|
|
msgstr "Horizontal adjustment"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:626 gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:244
|
|
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the horizontal position"
|
|
msgstr "The GtkAdjustment for the horizontal position"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:633 gtk/gtkviewport.c:150
|
|
msgid "Vertical adjustment"
|
|
msgstr "Vertical adjustment"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:634 gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:251
|
|
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the vertical position"
|
|
msgstr "The GtkAdjustment for the vertical position"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:641 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:211
|
|
msgid "Width"
|
|
msgstr "Width"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:642
|
|
msgid "The width of the layout"
|
|
msgstr "The width of the layout"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:650
|
|
msgid "Height"
|
|
msgstr "Height"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:651
|
|
msgid "The height of the layout"
|
|
msgstr "The height of the layout"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:162
|
|
msgid "URI"
|
|
msgstr "URI"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:163
|
|
msgid "The URI bound to this button"
|
|
msgstr "The URI bound to this button"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:177
|
|
msgid "Visited"
|
|
msgstr "Visited"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:178
|
|
msgid "Whether this link has been visited."
|
|
msgstr "Whether this link has been visited."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:163
|
|
msgid "Pack direction"
|
|
msgstr "Pack direction"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:164
|
|
msgid "The pack direction of the menubar"
|
|
msgstr "The pack direction of the menubar"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:180
|
|
msgid "Child Pack direction"
|
|
msgstr "Child Pack direction"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:181
|
|
msgid "The child pack direction of the menubar"
|
|
msgstr "The child pack direction of the menubar"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:190
|
|
msgid "Style of bevel around the menubar"
|
|
msgstr "Style of bevel around the menubar"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:197 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:544
|
|
msgid "Internal padding"
|
|
msgstr "Internal padding"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:198
|
|
msgid "Amount of border space between the menubar shadow and the menu items"
|
|
msgstr "Amount of border space between the menubar shadow and the menu items"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:205
|
|
msgid "Delay before drop down menus appear"
|
|
msgstr "Delay before drop down menus appear"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:206
|
|
msgid "Delay before the submenus of a menu bar appear"
|
|
msgstr "Delay before the submenus of a menu bar appear"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:526
|
|
msgid "The currently selected menu item"
|
|
msgstr "The currently selected menu item"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:541
|
|
msgid "The accel group holding accelerators for the menu"
|
|
msgstr "The accel group holding accelerators for the menu"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:555 gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:318
|
|
msgid "Accel Path"
|
|
msgstr "Accel Path"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:556
|
|
msgid "An accel path used to conveniently construct accel paths of child items"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"An accel path used to conveniently construct accel paths of child items"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:572
|
|
msgid "Attach Widget"
|
|
msgstr "Attach Widget"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:573
|
|
msgid "The widget the menu is attached to"
|
|
msgstr "The widget the menu is attached to"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:581
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-"
|
|
"off"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-"
|
|
"off"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:595
|
|
msgid "Tearoff State"
|
|
msgstr "Tearoff State"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:596
|
|
msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off"
|
|
msgstr "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:610
|
|
msgid "Monitor"
|
|
msgstr "Monitor"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:611
|
|
msgid "The monitor the menu will be popped up on"
|
|
msgstr "The monitor the menu will be popped up on"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:617
|
|
msgid "Vertical Padding"
|
|
msgstr "Vertical Padding"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:618
|
|
msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu"
|
|
msgstr "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:640
|
|
msgid "Reserve Toggle Size"
|
|
msgstr "Reserve Toggle Size"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:641
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"A boolean that indicates whether the menu reserves space for toggles and "
|
|
"icons"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"A boolean that indicates whether the menu reserves space for toggles and "
|
|
"icons"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:647
|
|
msgid "Horizontal Padding"
|
|
msgstr "Horizontal Padding"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:648
|
|
msgid "Extra space at the left and right edges of the menu"
|
|
msgstr "Extra space at the left and right edges of the menu"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:656
|
|
msgid "Vertical Offset"
|
|
msgstr "Vertical Offset"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:657
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
|
|
"vertically"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
|
|
"vertically"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:665
|
|
msgid "Horizontal Offset"
|
|
msgstr "Horizontal Offset"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:666
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
|
|
"horizontally"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
|
|
"horizontally"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:674
|
|
msgid "Double Arrows"
|
|
msgstr "Double Arrows"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:675
|
|
msgid "When scrolling, always show both arrows."
|
|
msgstr "When scrolling, always show both arrows."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:688
|
|
msgid "Arrow Placement"
|
|
msgstr "Arrow Placement"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689
|
|
msgid "Indicates where scroll arrows should be placed"
|
|
msgstr "Indicates where scroll arrows should be placed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697
|
|
msgid "Left Attach"
|
|
msgstr "Left Attach"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 gtk/gtktable.c:193
|
|
msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to"
|
|
msgstr "The column number to attach the left side of the child to"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:705
|
|
msgid "Right Attach"
|
|
msgstr "Right Attach"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:706
|
|
msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to"
|
|
msgstr "The column number to attach the right side of the child to"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:713
|
|
msgid "Top Attach"
|
|
msgstr "Top Attach"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:714
|
|
msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to"
|
|
msgstr "The row number to attach the top of the child to"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:721
|
|
msgid "Bottom Attach"
|
|
msgstr "Bottom Attach"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:722 gtk/gtktable.c:214
|
|
msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to"
|
|
msgstr "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:736
|
|
msgid "Arbitrary constant to scale down the size of the scroll arrow"
|
|
msgstr "Arbitrary constant to scale down the size of the scroll arrow"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:823
|
|
msgid "Can change accelerators"
|
|
msgstr "Can change accelerators"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:824
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:829
|
|
msgid "Delay before submenus appear"
|
|
msgstr "Delay before submenus appear"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:830
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:837
|
|
msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu"
|
|
msgstr "Delay before hiding a submenu"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:838
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the "
|
|
"submenu"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the "
|
|
"submenu"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:285
|
|
msgid "Right Justified"
|
|
msgstr "Right Justified"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:286
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Sets whether the menu item appears justified at the right side of a menu bar"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Sets whether the menu item appears justified at the right side of a menu bar"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:300
|
|
msgid "Submenu"
|
|
msgstr "Submenu"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:301
|
|
msgid "The submenu attached to the menu item, or NULL if it has none"
|
|
msgstr "The submenu attached to the menu item, or NULL if it has none"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:319
|
|
msgid "Sets the accelerator path of the menu item"
|
|
msgstr "Sets the accelerator path of the menu item"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:334
|
|
msgid "The text for the child label"
|
|
msgstr "The text for the child label"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:397
|
|
msgid "Amount of space used up by arrow, relative to the menu item's font size"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Amount of space used up by arrow, relative to the menu item's font size"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:410
|
|
msgid "Width in Characters"
|
|
msgstr "Width in Characters"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:411
|
|
msgid "The minimum desired width of the menu item in characters"
|
|
msgstr "The minimum desired width of the menu item in characters"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenushell.c:379
|
|
msgid "Take Focus"
|
|
msgstr "Take Focus"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenushell.c:380
|
|
msgid "A boolean that determines whether the menu grabs the keyboard focus"
|
|
msgstr "A boolean that determines whether the menu grabs the keyboard focus"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c:246
|
|
msgid "Menu"
|
|
msgstr "Menu"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c:247
|
|
msgid "The dropdown menu"
|
|
msgstr "The dropdown menu"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:184
|
|
msgid "Image/label border"
|
|
msgstr "Image/label border"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:185
|
|
msgid "Width of border around the label and image in the message dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Width of border around the label and image in the message dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:209
|
|
msgid "Message Buttons"
|
|
msgstr "Message Buttons"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:210
|
|
msgid "The buttons shown in the message dialog"
|
|
msgstr "The buttons shown in the message dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:227
|
|
msgid "The primary text of the message dialog"
|
|
msgstr "The primary text of the message dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:242
|
|
msgid "Use Markup"
|
|
msgstr "Use Markup"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:243
|
|
msgid "The primary text of the title includes Pango markup."
|
|
msgstr "The primary text of the title includes Pango markup."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:257
|
|
msgid "Secondary Text"
|
|
msgstr "Secondary Text"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:258
|
|
msgid "The secondary text of the message dialog"
|
|
msgstr "The secondary text of the message dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:273
|
|
msgid "Use Markup in secondary"
|
|
msgstr "Use Markup in secondary"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:274
|
|
msgid "The secondary text includes Pango markup."
|
|
msgstr "The secondary text includes Pango markup."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:288
|
|
msgid "Image"
|
|
msgstr "Image"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:289
|
|
msgid "The image"
|
|
msgstr "The image"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:305
|
|
msgid "Message area"
|
|
msgstr "Message area"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:306
|
|
msgid "GtkVBox that holds the dialog's primary and secondary labels"
|
|
msgstr "GtkVBox that holds the dialog's primary and secondary labels"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:91
|
|
msgid "Y align"
|
|
msgstr "Y align"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:92
|
|
msgid "The vertical alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)"
|
|
msgstr "The vertical alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:101
|
|
msgid "X pad"
|
|
msgstr "X pad"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:102
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"The amount of space to add on the left and right of the widget, in pixels"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The amount of space to add on the left and right of the widget, in pixels"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:111
|
|
msgid "Y pad"
|
|
msgstr "Y pad"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:112
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"The amount of space to add on the top and bottom of the widget, in pixels"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The amount of space to add on the top and bottom of the widget, in pixels"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:159
|
|
msgid "Parent"
|
|
msgstr "Parent"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:160
|
|
msgid "The parent window"
|
|
msgstr "The parent window"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:167
|
|
msgid "Is Showing"
|
|
msgstr "Is Showing"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:168
|
|
msgid "Are we showing a dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Are we showing a dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:176
|
|
msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed."
|
|
msgstr "The screen where this window will be displayed."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:595
|
|
msgid "Page"
|
|
msgstr "Page"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:596
|
|
msgid "The index of the current page"
|
|
msgstr "The index of the current page"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:604
|
|
msgid "Tab Position"
|
|
msgstr "Tab Position"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:605
|
|
msgid "Which side of the notebook holds the tabs"
|
|
msgstr "Which side of the notebook holds the tabs"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:612
|
|
msgid "Show Tabs"
|
|
msgstr "Show Tabs"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:613
|
|
msgid "Whether tabs should be shown"
|
|
msgstr "Whether tabs should be shown"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:619
|
|
msgid "Show Border"
|
|
msgstr "Show Border"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:620
|
|
msgid "Whether the border should be shown"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the border should be shown"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:626
|
|
msgid "Scrollable"
|
|
msgstr "Scrollable"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:627
|
|
msgid "If TRUE, scroll arrows are added if there are too many tabs to fit"
|
|
msgstr "If TRUE, scroll arrows are added if there are too many tabs to fit"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:633
|
|
msgid "Enable Popup"
|
|
msgstr "Enable Popup"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:634
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"If TRUE, pressing the right mouse button on the notebook pops up a menu that "
|
|
"you can use to go to a page"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"If TRUE, pressing the right mouse button on the notebook pops up a menu that "
|
|
"you can use to go to a page"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:648
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Group Name"
|
|
msgstr "Group ID"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:649
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Group name for tab drag and drop"
|
|
msgstr "Group for tabs drag and drop"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:656
|
|
msgid "Tab label"
|
|
msgstr "Tab label"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:657
|
|
msgid "The string displayed on the child's tab label"
|
|
msgstr "The string displayed on the child's tab label"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:663
|
|
msgid "Menu label"
|
|
msgstr "Menu label"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:664
|
|
msgid "The string displayed in the child's menu entry"
|
|
msgstr "The string displayed in the child's menu entry"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:677
|
|
msgid "Tab expand"
|
|
msgstr "Tab expand"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:678
|
|
msgid "Whether to expand the child's tab"
|
|
msgstr "Whether to expand the child's tab"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:684
|
|
msgid "Tab fill"
|
|
msgstr "Tab fill"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:685
|
|
msgid "Whether the child's tab should fill the allocated area"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the child's tab should fill the allocated area"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:691
|
|
msgid "Tab pack type"
|
|
msgstr "Tab pack type"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:698
|
|
msgid "Tab reorderable"
|
|
msgstr "Tab reorderable"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:699
|
|
msgid "Whether the tab is reorderable by user action"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the tab is reorderable by user action"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:705
|
|
msgid "Tab detachable"
|
|
msgstr "Tab detachable"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:706
|
|
msgid "Whether the tab is detachable"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the tab is detachable"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:721 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:80
|
|
msgid "Secondary backward stepper"
|
|
msgstr "Secondary backward stepper"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:722
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:737 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:87
|
|
msgid "Secondary forward stepper"
|
|
msgstr "Secondary forward stepper"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:738
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:752 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:66
|
|
msgid "Backward stepper"
|
|
msgstr "Backward stepper"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:753 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:67
|
|
msgid "Display the standard backward arrow button"
|
|
msgstr "Display the standard backward arrow button"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:767 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:73
|
|
msgid "Forward stepper"
|
|
msgstr "Forward stepper"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:768 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:74
|
|
msgid "Display the standard forward arrow button"
|
|
msgstr "Display the standard forward arrow button"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:782
|
|
msgid "Tab overlap"
|
|
msgstr "Tab overlap"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:783
|
|
msgid "Size of tab overlap area"
|
|
msgstr "Size of tab overlap area"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:798
|
|
msgid "Tab curvature"
|
|
msgstr "Tab curvature"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:799
|
|
msgid "Size of tab curvature"
|
|
msgstr "Size of tab curvature"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:815
|
|
msgid "Arrow spacing"
|
|
msgstr "Arrow spacing"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:816
|
|
msgid "Scroll arrow spacing"
|
|
msgstr "Scroll arrow spacing"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkorientable.c:63 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:319 gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:124
|
|
msgid "Orientation"
|
|
msgstr "Orientation"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkorientable.c:64
|
|
msgid "The orientation of the orientable"
|
|
msgstr "The orientation of the orientable"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:271
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Position of paned separator in pixels (0 means all the way to the left/top)"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Position of paned separator in pixels (0 means all the way to the left/top)"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:280
|
|
msgid "Position Set"
|
|
msgstr "Position Set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:281
|
|
msgid "TRUE if the Position property should be used"
|
|
msgstr "TRUE if the Position property should be used"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:287
|
|
msgid "Handle Size"
|
|
msgstr "Handle Size"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:288
|
|
msgid "Width of handle"
|
|
msgstr "Width of handle"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:304
|
|
msgid "Minimal Position"
|
|
msgstr "Minimal Position"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:305
|
|
msgid "Smallest possible value for the \"position\" property"
|
|
msgstr "Smallest possible value for the \"position\" property"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:322
|
|
msgid "Maximal Position"
|
|
msgstr "Maximal Position"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:323
|
|
msgid "Largest possible value for the \"position\" property"
|
|
msgstr "Largest possible value for the \"position\" property"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:340
|
|
msgid "Resize"
|
|
msgstr "Resize"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:341
|
|
msgid "If TRUE, the child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget"
|
|
msgstr "If TRUE, the child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:356
|
|
msgid "Shrink"
|
|
msgstr "Shrink"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:357
|
|
msgid "If TRUE, the child can be made smaller than its requisition"
|
|
msgstr "If TRUE, the child can be made smaller than its requisition"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkplug.c:171 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:303
|
|
msgid "Embedded"
|
|
msgstr "Embedded"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkplug.c:172
|
|
msgid "Whether the plug is embedded"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the plug is embedded"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkplug.c:186
|
|
msgid "Socket Window"
|
|
msgstr "Socket Window"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkplug.c:187
|
|
msgid "The window of the socket the plug is embedded in"
|
|
msgstr "The window of the socket the plug is embedded in"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:126
|
|
msgid "Name of the printer"
|
|
msgstr "Name of the printer"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:132
|
|
msgid "Backend"
|
|
msgstr "Backend"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:133
|
|
msgid "Backend for the printer"
|
|
msgstr "Backend for the printer"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:139
|
|
msgid "Is Virtual"
|
|
msgstr "Is Virtual"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:140
|
|
msgid "FALSE if this represents a real hardware printer"
|
|
msgstr "FALSE if this represents a real hardware printer"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:146
|
|
msgid "Accepts PDF"
|
|
msgstr "Accepts PDF"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:147
|
|
msgid "TRUE if this printer can accept PDF"
|
|
msgstr "TRUE if this printer can accept PDF"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:153
|
|
msgid "Accepts PostScript"
|
|
msgstr "Accepts PostScript"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:154
|
|
msgid "TRUE if this printer can accept PostScript"
|
|
msgstr "TRUE if this printer can accept PostScript"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:160
|
|
msgid "State Message"
|
|
msgstr "State Message"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:161
|
|
msgid "String giving the current state of the printer"
|
|
msgstr "String giving the current state of the printer"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:167
|
|
msgid "Location"
|
|
msgstr "Location"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:168
|
|
msgid "The location of the printer"
|
|
msgstr "The location of the printer"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:175
|
|
msgid "The icon name to use for the printer"
|
|
msgstr "The icon name to use for the printer"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:181
|
|
msgid "Job Count"
|
|
msgstr "Job Count"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:182
|
|
msgid "Number of jobs queued in the printer"
|
|
msgstr "Number of jobs queued in the printer"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:200
|
|
msgid "Paused Printer"
|
|
msgstr "Paused Printer"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:201
|
|
msgid "TRUE if this printer is paused"
|
|
msgstr "TRUE if this printer is paused"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:214
|
|
msgid "Accepting Jobs"
|
|
msgstr "Accepting Jobs"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:215
|
|
msgid "TRUE if this printer is accepting new jobs"
|
|
msgstr "TRUE if this printer is accepting new jobs"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:122
|
|
msgid "Source option"
|
|
msgstr "Source option"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:123
|
|
msgid "The PrinterOption backing this widget"
|
|
msgstr "The PrinterOption backing this widget"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:116
|
|
msgid "Title of the print job"
|
|
msgstr "Title of the print job"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:124
|
|
msgid "Printer"
|
|
msgstr "Printer"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:125
|
|
msgid "Printer to print the job to"
|
|
msgstr "Printer to print the job to"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:133
|
|
msgid "Settings"
|
|
msgstr "Settings"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:134
|
|
msgid "Printer settings"
|
|
msgstr "Printer settings"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:142 gtk/gtkprintjob.c:143 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:298
|
|
msgid "Page Setup"
|
|
msgstr "Page Setup"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:151 gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1133
|
|
msgid "Track Print Status"
|
|
msgstr "Track Print Status"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:152
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"TRUE if the print job will continue to emit status-changed signals after the "
|
|
"print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"TRUE if the print job will continue to emit status-changed signals after the "
|
|
"print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1005
|
|
msgid "Default Page Setup"
|
|
msgstr "Default Page Setup"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1006
|
|
msgid "The GtkPageSetup used by default"
|
|
msgstr "The GtkPageSetup used by default"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1024 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:316
|
|
msgid "Print Settings"
|
|
msgstr "Print Settings"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1025 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:317
|
|
msgid "The GtkPrintSettings used for initializing the dialog"
|
|
msgstr "The GtkPrintSettings used for initializing the dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1043
|
|
msgid "Job Name"
|
|
msgstr "Job Name"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1044
|
|
msgid "A string used for identifying the print job."
|
|
msgstr "A string used for identifying the print job."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1068
|
|
msgid "Number of Pages"
|
|
msgstr "Number of Pages"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1069
|
|
msgid "The number of pages in the document."
|
|
msgstr "The number of pages in the document."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1090 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:306
|
|
msgid "Current Page"
|
|
msgstr "Current Page"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1091 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:307
|
|
msgid "The current page in the document"
|
|
msgstr "The current page in the document"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1112
|
|
msgid "Use full page"
|
|
msgstr "Use full page"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1113
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"TRUE if the origin of the context should be at the corner of the page and "
|
|
"not the corner of the imageable area"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"TRUE if the origin of the context should be at the corner of the page and "
|
|
"not the corner of the imageable area"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1134
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"TRUE if the print operation will continue to report on the print job status "
|
|
"after the print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"TRUE if the print operation will continue to report on the print job status "
|
|
"after the print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1151
|
|
msgid "Unit"
|
|
msgstr "Unit"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1152
|
|
msgid "The unit in which distances can be measured in the context"
|
|
msgstr "The unit in which distances can be measured in the context"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1169
|
|
msgid "Show Dialog"
|
|
msgstr "Show Dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1170
|
|
msgid "TRUE if a progress dialog is shown while printing."
|
|
msgstr "TRUE if a progress dialog is shown while printing."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1193
|
|
msgid "Allow Async"
|
|
msgstr "Allow Async"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1194
|
|
msgid "TRUE if print process may run asynchronous."
|
|
msgstr "TRUE if print process may run asynchronous."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1216 gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1217
|
|
msgid "Export filename"
|
|
msgstr "Export filename"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1231
|
|
msgid "Status"
|
|
msgstr "Status"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1232
|
|
msgid "The status of the print operation"
|
|
msgstr "The status of the print operation"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1252
|
|
msgid "Status String"
|
|
msgstr "Status String"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1253
|
|
msgid "A human-readable description of the status"
|
|
msgstr "A human-readable description of the status"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1271
|
|
msgid "Custom tab label"
|
|
msgstr "Custom tab label"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1272
|
|
msgid "Label for the tab containing custom widgets."
|
|
msgstr "Label for the tab containing custom widgets."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1287 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:341
|
|
msgid "Support Selection"
|
|
msgstr "Support Selection"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1288
|
|
msgid "TRUE if the print operation will support print of selection."
|
|
msgstr "TRUE if the print operation will support print of selection."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1304 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:349
|
|
msgid "Has Selection"
|
|
msgstr "Has Selection"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1305
|
|
msgid "TRUE if a selection exists."
|
|
msgstr "TRUE if a selection exists."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1320 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:357
|
|
msgid "Embed Page Setup"
|
|
msgstr "Embed Page Setup"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1321
|
|
msgid "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintDialog"
|
|
msgstr "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintDialog"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1342
|
|
msgid "Number of Pages To Print"
|
|
msgstr "Number of Pages To Print"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1343
|
|
msgid "The number of pages that will be printed."
|
|
msgstr "The number of pages that will be printed."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:299
|
|
msgid "The GtkPageSetup to use"
|
|
msgstr "The GtkPageSetup to use"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:324
|
|
msgid "Selected Printer"
|
|
msgstr "Selected Printer"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:325
|
|
msgid "The GtkPrinter which is selected"
|
|
msgstr "The GtkPrinter which is selected"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:332
|
|
msgid "Manual Capabilities"
|
|
msgstr "Manual Capabilities"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:333
|
|
msgid "Capabilities the application can handle"
|
|
msgstr "Capabilities the application can handle"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:342
|
|
msgid "Whether the dialog supports selection"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the dialog supports selection"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:350
|
|
msgid "Whether the application has a selection"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the application has a selection"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:358
|
|
msgid "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintUnixDialog"
|
|
msgstr "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintUnixDialog"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:134
|
|
msgid "Fraction"
|
|
msgstr "Fraction"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:135
|
|
msgid "The fraction of total work that has been completed"
|
|
msgstr "The fraction of total work that has been completed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:142
|
|
msgid "Pulse Step"
|
|
msgstr "Pulse Step"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:143
|
|
msgid "The fraction of total progress to move the bouncing block when pulsed"
|
|
msgstr "The fraction of total progress to move the bouncing block when pulsed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:151
|
|
msgid "Text to be displayed in the progress bar"
|
|
msgstr "Text to be displayed in the progress bar"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:158
|
|
msgid "Show text"
|
|
msgstr "Show text"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:159
|
|
msgid "Whether the progress is shown as text."
|
|
msgstr "Whether the progress is shown as text."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:181
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the progress bar does not "
|
|
"have enough room to display the entire string, if at all."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the progress bar does not "
|
|
"have enough room to display the entire string, if at all."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:188
|
|
msgid "X spacing"
|
|
msgstr "X spacing"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:189
|
|
msgid "Extra spacing applied to the width of a progress bar."
|
|
msgstr "Extra spacing applied to the width of a progress bar."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:194
|
|
msgid "Y spacing"
|
|
msgstr "Y spacing"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:195
|
|
msgid "Extra spacing applied to the height of a progress bar."
|
|
msgstr "Extra spacing applied to the height of a progress bar."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:208
|
|
msgid "Minimum horizontal bar width"
|
|
msgstr "Minimum horizontal bar width"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:209
|
|
msgid "The minimum horizontal width of the progress bar"
|
|
msgstr "The minimum horizontal width of the progress bar"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:221
|
|
msgid "Minimum horizontal bar height"
|
|
msgstr "Minimum horizontal bar height"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:222
|
|
msgid "Minimum horizontal height of the progress bar"
|
|
msgstr "Minimum horizontal height of the progress bar"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:234
|
|
msgid "Minimum vertical bar width"
|
|
msgstr "Minimum vertical bar width"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:235
|
|
msgid "The minimum vertical width of the progress bar"
|
|
msgstr "The minimum vertical width of the progress bar"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:247
|
|
msgid "Minimum vertical bar height"
|
|
msgstr "Minimum vertical bar height"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:248
|
|
msgid "The minimum vertical height of the progress bar"
|
|
msgstr "The minimum vertical height of the progress bar"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:118
|
|
msgid "The value"
|
|
msgstr "The value"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:119
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"The value returned by gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() when this action "
|
|
"is the current action of its group."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The value returned by gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() when this action "
|
|
"is the current action of its group."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:135 gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:160
|
|
#: gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c:373 gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c:65
|
|
msgid "Group"
|
|
msgstr "Group"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:136
|
|
msgid "The radio action whose group this action belongs to."
|
|
msgstr "The radio action whose group this action belongs to."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:151
|
|
msgid "The current value"
|
|
msgstr "The current value"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:152
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"The value property of the currently active member of the group to which this "
|
|
"action belongs."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The value property of the currently active member of the group to which this "
|
|
"action belongs."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:161
|
|
msgid "The radio button whose group this widget belongs to."
|
|
msgstr "The radio button whose group this widget belongs to."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c:374
|
|
msgid "The radio menu item whose group this widget belongs to."
|
|
msgstr "The radio menu item whose group this widget belongs to."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c:66
|
|
msgid "The radio tool button whose group this button belongs to."
|
|
msgstr "The radio tool button whose group this button belongs to."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:410
|
|
msgid "Update policy"
|
|
msgstr "Update policy"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:411
|
|
msgid "How the range should be updated on the screen"
|
|
msgstr "How the range should be updated on the screen"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:420
|
|
msgid "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this range object"
|
|
msgstr "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this range object"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:428
|
|
msgid "Invert direction slider moves to increase range value"
|
|
msgstr "Invert direction slider moves to increase range value"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:435
|
|
msgid "Lower stepper sensitivity"
|
|
msgstr "Lower stepper sensitivity"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:436
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's lower "
|
|
"side"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's lower "
|
|
"side"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:444
|
|
msgid "Upper stepper sensitivity"
|
|
msgstr "Upper stepper sensitivity"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:445
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's upper "
|
|
"side"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's upper "
|
|
"side"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:462
|
|
msgid "Show Fill Level"
|
|
msgstr "Show Fill Level"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:463
|
|
msgid "Whether to display a fill level indicator graphics on trough."
|
|
msgstr "Whether to display a fill level indicator graphics on trough."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:479
|
|
msgid "Restrict to Fill Level"
|
|
msgstr "Restrict to Fill Level"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:480
|
|
msgid "Whether to restrict the upper boundary to the fill level."
|
|
msgstr "Whether to restrict the upper boundary to the fill level."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:495
|
|
msgid "Fill Level"
|
|
msgstr "Fill Level"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:496
|
|
msgid "The fill level."
|
|
msgstr "The fill level."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:504
|
|
msgid "Slider Width"
|
|
msgstr "Slider Width"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:505
|
|
msgid "Width of scrollbar or scale thumb"
|
|
msgstr "Width of scrollbar or scale thumb"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:512
|
|
msgid "Trough Border"
|
|
msgstr "Trough Border"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:513
|
|
msgid "Spacing between thumb/steppers and outer trough bevel"
|
|
msgstr "Spacing between thumb/steppers and outer trough bevel"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:520
|
|
msgid "Stepper Size"
|
|
msgstr "Stepper Size"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:521
|
|
msgid "Length of step buttons at ends"
|
|
msgstr "Length of step buttons at ends"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:536
|
|
msgid "Stepper Spacing"
|
|
msgstr "Stepper Spacing"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:537
|
|
msgid "Spacing between step buttons and thumb"
|
|
msgstr "Spacing between step buttons and thumb"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:544
|
|
msgid "Arrow X Displacement"
|
|
msgstr "Arrow X Displacement"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:545
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"How far in the x direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"How far in the x direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:552
|
|
msgid "Arrow Y Displacement"
|
|
msgstr "Arrow Y Displacement"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:553
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"How far in the y direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"How far in the y direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:571
|
|
msgid "Trough Under Steppers"
|
|
msgstr "Trough Under Steppers"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:572
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Whether to draw trough for full length of range or exclude the steppers and "
|
|
"spacing"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Whether to draw trough for full length of range or exclude the steppers and "
|
|
"spacing"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:585
|
|
msgid "Arrow scaling"
|
|
msgstr "Arrow scaling"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:586
|
|
msgid "Arrow scaling with regard to scroll button size"
|
|
msgstr "Arrow scaling with regard to scroll button size"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrecentaction.c:635 gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:252
|
|
msgid "Show Numbers"
|
|
msgstr "Show Numbers"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrecentaction.c:636 gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:253
|
|
msgid "Whether the items should be displayed with a number"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the items should be displayed with a number"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:132
|
|
msgid "Recent Manager"
|
|
msgstr "Recent Manager"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:133
|
|
msgid "The RecentManager object to use"
|
|
msgstr "The RecentManager object to use"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:147
|
|
msgid "Show Private"
|
|
msgstr "Show Private"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:148
|
|
msgid "Whether the private items should be displayed"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the private items should be displayed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:161
|
|
msgid "Show Tooltips"
|
|
msgstr "Show Tooltips"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:162
|
|
msgid "Whether there should be a tooltip on the item"
|
|
msgstr "Whether there should be a tooltip on the item"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:174
|
|
msgid "Show Icons"
|
|
msgstr "Show Icons"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:175
|
|
msgid "Whether there should be an icon near the item"
|
|
msgstr "Whether there should be an icon near the item"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:190
|
|
msgid "Show Not Found"
|
|
msgstr "Show Not Found"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:191
|
|
msgid "Whether the items pointing to unavailable resources should be displayed"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Whether the items pointing to unavailable resources should be displayed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:204
|
|
msgid "Whether to allow multiple items to be selected"
|
|
msgstr "Whether to allow multiple items to be selected"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:217
|
|
msgid "Local only"
|
|
msgstr "Local only"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:218
|
|
msgid "Whether the selected resource(s) should be limited to local file: URIs"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the selected resource(s) should be limited to local file: URIs"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:234
|
|
msgid "Limit"
|
|
msgstr "Limit"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:235
|
|
msgid "The maximum number of items to be displayed"
|
|
msgstr "The maximum number of items to be displayed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:249
|
|
msgid "Sort Type"
|
|
msgstr "Sort Type"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:250
|
|
msgid "The sorting order of the items displayed"
|
|
msgstr "The sorting order of the items displayed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:265
|
|
msgid "The current filter for selecting which resources are displayed"
|
|
msgstr "The current filter for selecting which resources are displayed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:291
|
|
msgid "The full path to the file to be used to store and read the list"
|
|
msgstr "The full path to the file to be used to store and read the list"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:306
|
|
msgid "The size of the recently used resources list"
|
|
msgstr "The size of the recently used resources list"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:138
|
|
msgid "Lower"
|
|
msgstr "Lower"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:139
|
|
msgid "Lower limit of ruler"
|
|
msgstr "Lower limit of ruler"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:148
|
|
msgid "Upper"
|
|
msgstr "Upper"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:149
|
|
msgid "Upper limit of ruler"
|
|
msgstr "Upper limit of ruler"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:159
|
|
msgid "Position of mark on the ruler"
|
|
msgstr "Position of mark on the ruler"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:168
|
|
msgid "Max Size"
|
|
msgstr "Max Size"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:169
|
|
msgid "Maximum size of the ruler"
|
|
msgstr "Maximum size of the ruler"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:184
|
|
msgid "Metric"
|
|
msgstr "Metric"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:185
|
|
msgid "The metric used for the ruler"
|
|
msgstr "The metric used for the ruler"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:221
|
|
msgid "The value of the scale"
|
|
msgstr "The value of the scale"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:231
|
|
msgid "The icon size"
|
|
msgstr "The icon size"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:240
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this scale button object"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this scale button object"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:268
|
|
msgid "Icons"
|
|
msgstr "Icons"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:269
|
|
msgid "List of icon names"
|
|
msgstr "List of icon names"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:245
|
|
msgid "The number of decimal places that are displayed in the value"
|
|
msgstr "The number of decimal places that are displayed in the value"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:254
|
|
msgid "Draw Value"
|
|
msgstr "Draw Value"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:255
|
|
msgid "Whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:262
|
|
msgid "Value Position"
|
|
msgstr "Value Position"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:263
|
|
msgid "The position in which the current value is displayed"
|
|
msgstr "The position in which the current value is displayed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:270
|
|
msgid "Slider Length"
|
|
msgstr "Slider Length"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:271
|
|
msgid "Length of scale's slider"
|
|
msgstr "Length of scale's slider"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:279
|
|
msgid "Value spacing"
|
|
msgstr "Value spacing"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:280
|
|
msgid "Space between value text and the slider/trough area"
|
|
msgstr "Space between value text and the slider/trough area"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:50
|
|
msgid "Minimum Slider Length"
|
|
msgstr "Minimum Slider Length"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:51
|
|
msgid "Minimum length of scrollbar slider"
|
|
msgstr "Minimum length of scrollbar slider"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:59
|
|
msgid "Fixed slider size"
|
|
msgstr "Fixed slider size"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:60
|
|
msgid "Don't change slider size, just lock it to the minimum length"
|
|
msgstr "Don't change slider size, just lock it to the minimum length"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:81
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:88
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:243 gtk/gtktreeview.c:571
|
|
msgid "Horizontal Adjustment"
|
|
msgstr "Horizontal Adjustment"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:250 gtk/gtktreeview.c:579
|
|
msgid "Vertical Adjustment"
|
|
msgstr "Vertical Adjustment"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:257
|
|
msgid "Horizontal Scrollbar Policy"
|
|
msgstr "Horizontal Scrollbar Policy"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:258
|
|
msgid "When the horizontal scrollbar is displayed"
|
|
msgstr "When the horizontal scrollbar is displayed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:265
|
|
msgid "Vertical Scrollbar Policy"
|
|
msgstr "Vertical Scrollbar Policy"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:266
|
|
msgid "When the vertical scrollbar is displayed"
|
|
msgstr "When the vertical scrollbar is displayed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:274
|
|
msgid "Window Placement"
|
|
msgstr "Window Placement"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:275
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Where the contents are located with respect to the scrollbars. This property "
|
|
"only takes effect if \"window-placement-set\" is TRUE."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Where the contents are located with respect to the scrollbars. This property "
|
|
"only takes effect if \"window-placement-set\" is TRUE."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:292
|
|
msgid "Window Placement Set"
|
|
msgstr "Window Placement Set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:293
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Whether \"window-placement\" should be used to determine the location of the "
|
|
"contents with respect to the scrollbars."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Whether \"window-placement\" should be used to determine the location of the "
|
|
"contents with respect to the scrollbars."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:299
|
|
msgid "Shadow Type"
|
|
msgstr "Shadow Type"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:300
|
|
msgid "Style of bevel around the contents"
|
|
msgstr "Style of bevel around the contents"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:314
|
|
msgid "Scrollbars within bevel"
|
|
msgstr "Scrollbars within bevel"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:315
|
|
msgid "Place scrollbars within the scrolled window's bevel"
|
|
msgstr "Place scrollbars within the scrolled window's bevel"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:321
|
|
msgid "Scrollbar spacing"
|
|
msgstr "Scrollbar spacing"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:322
|
|
msgid "Number of pixels between the scrollbars and the scrolled window"
|
|
msgstr "Number of pixels between the scrollbars and the scrolled window"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:337
|
|
msgid "Scrolled Window Placement"
|
|
msgstr "Scrolled Window Placement"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:338
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Where the contents of scrolled windows are located with respect to the "
|
|
"scrollbars, if not overridden by the scrolled window's own placement."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Where the contents of scrolled windows are located with respect to the "
|
|
"scrollbars, if not overridden by the scrolled window's own placement."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:138
|
|
msgid "Draw"
|
|
msgstr "Draw"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:139
|
|
msgid "Whether the separator is drawn, or just blank"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the separator is drawn, or just blank"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:225
|
|
msgid "Double Click Time"
|
|
msgstr "Double Click Time"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:226
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Maximum time allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a double "
|
|
"click (in milliseconds)"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Maximum time allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a double "
|
|
"click (in milliseconds)"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:233
|
|
msgid "Double Click Distance"
|
|
msgstr "Double Click Distance"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:234
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Maximum distance allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a "
|
|
"double click (in pixels)"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Maximum distance allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a "
|
|
"double click (in pixels)"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:250
|
|
msgid "Cursor Blink"
|
|
msgstr "Cursor Blink"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:251
|
|
msgid "Whether the cursor should blink"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the cursor should blink"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:258
|
|
msgid "Cursor Blink Time"
|
|
msgstr "Cursor Blink Time"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:259
|
|
msgid "Length of the cursor blink cycle, in milliseconds"
|
|
msgstr "Length of the cursor blink cycle, in milliseconds"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:278
|
|
msgid "Cursor Blink Timeout"
|
|
msgstr "Cursor Blink Timeout"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:279
|
|
msgid "Time after which the cursor stops blinking, in seconds"
|
|
msgstr "Time after which the cursor stops blinking, in seconds"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:286
|
|
msgid "Split Cursor"
|
|
msgstr "Split Cursor"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:287
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Whether two cursors should be displayed for mixed left-to-right and right-to-"
|
|
"left text"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Whether two cursors should be displayed for mixed left-to-right and right-to-"
|
|
"left text"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:294
|
|
msgid "Theme Name"
|
|
msgstr "Theme Name"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:295
|
|
msgid "Name of theme RC file to load"
|
|
msgstr "Name of theme RC file to load"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:303
|
|
msgid "Icon Theme Name"
|
|
msgstr "Icon Theme Name"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:304
|
|
msgid "Name of icon theme to use"
|
|
msgstr "Name of icon theme to use"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:312
|
|
msgid "Fallback Icon Theme Name"
|
|
msgstr "Fallback Icon Theme Name"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:313
|
|
msgid "Name of a icon theme to fall back to"
|
|
msgstr "Name of a icon theme to fall back to"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:321
|
|
msgid "Key Theme Name"
|
|
msgstr "Key Theme Name"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:322
|
|
msgid "Name of key theme RC file to load"
|
|
msgstr "Name of key theme RC file to load"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:330
|
|
msgid "Menu bar accelerator"
|
|
msgstr "Menu bar accelerator"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:331
|
|
msgid "Keybinding to activate the menu bar"
|
|
msgstr "Keybinding to activate the menu bar"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:339
|
|
msgid "Drag threshold"
|
|
msgstr "Drag threshold"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:340
|
|
msgid "Number of pixels the cursor can move before dragging"
|
|
msgstr "Number of pixels the cursor can move before dragging"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:348
|
|
msgid "Font Name"
|
|
msgstr "Font Name"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:349
|
|
msgid "Name of default font to use"
|
|
msgstr "Name of default font to use"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:371
|
|
msgid "Icon Sizes"
|
|
msgstr "Icon Sizes"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:372
|
|
msgid "List of icon sizes (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20..."
|
|
msgstr "List of icon sizes (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20..."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:380
|
|
msgid "GTK Modules"
|
|
msgstr "GTK Modules"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:381
|
|
msgid "List of currently active GTK modules"
|
|
msgstr "List of currently active GTK modules"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:390
|
|
msgid "Xft Antialias"
|
|
msgstr "Xft Antialias"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:391
|
|
msgid "Whether to antialias Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
|
|
msgstr "Whether to antialias Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:400
|
|
msgid "Xft Hinting"
|
|
msgstr "Xft Hinting"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:401
|
|
msgid "Whether to hint Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
|
|
msgstr "Whether to hint Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:410
|
|
msgid "Xft Hint Style"
|
|
msgstr "Xft Hint Style"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:411
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"What degree of hinting to use; hintnone, hintslight, hintmedium, or hintfull"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"What degree of hinting to use; hintnone, hintslight, hintmedium, or hintfull"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:420
|
|
msgid "Xft RGBA"
|
|
msgstr "Xft RGBA"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:421
|
|
msgid "Type of subpixel antialiasing; none, rgb, bgr, vrgb, vbgr"
|
|
msgstr "Type of subpixel antialiasing; none, rgb, bgr, vrgb, vbgr"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:430
|
|
msgid "Xft DPI"
|
|
msgstr "Xft DPI"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:431
|
|
msgid "Resolution for Xft, in 1024 * dots/inch. -1 to use default value"
|
|
msgstr "Resolution for Xft, in 1024 * dots/inch. -1 to use default value"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:440
|
|
msgid "Cursor theme name"
|
|
msgstr "Cursor theme name"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:441
|
|
msgid "Name of the cursor theme to use, or NULL to use the default theme"
|
|
msgstr "Name of the cursor theme to use, or NULL to use the default theme"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:449
|
|
msgid "Cursor theme size"
|
|
msgstr "Cursor theme size"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:450
|
|
msgid "Size to use for cursors, or 0 to use the default size"
|
|
msgstr "Size to use for cursors, or 0 to use the default size"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:460
|
|
msgid "Alternative button order"
|
|
msgstr "Alternative button order"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:461
|
|
msgid "Whether buttons in dialogs should use the alternative button order"
|
|
msgstr "Whether buttons in dialogs should use the alternative button order"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:478
|
|
msgid "Alternative sort indicator direction"
|
|
msgstr "Alternative sort indicator direction"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:479
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Whether the direction of the sort indicators in list and tree views is "
|
|
"inverted compared to the default (where down means ascending)"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Whether the direction of the sort indicators in list and tree views is "
|
|
"inverted compared to the default (where down means ascending)"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:487
|
|
msgid "Show the 'Input Methods' menu"
|
|
msgstr "Show the 'Input Methods' menu"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:488
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to change "
|
|
"the input method"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to change "
|
|
"the input method"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:496
|
|
msgid "Show the 'Insert Unicode Control Character' menu"
|
|
msgstr "Show the 'Insert Unicode Control Character' menu"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:497
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to insert "
|
|
"control characters"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to insert "
|
|
"control characters"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:505
|
|
msgid "Start timeout"
|
|
msgstr "Start timeout"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:506
|
|
msgid "Starting value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
|
|
msgstr "Starting value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:515
|
|
msgid "Repeat timeout"
|
|
msgstr "Repeat timeout"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:516
|
|
msgid "Repeat value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
|
|
msgstr "Repeat value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:525
|
|
msgid "Expand timeout"
|
|
msgstr "Expand timeout"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:526
|
|
msgid "Expand value for timeouts, when a widget is expanding a new region"
|
|
msgstr "Expand value for timeouts, when a widget is expanding a new region"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:561
|
|
msgid "Color scheme"
|
|
msgstr "Color scheme"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:562
|
|
msgid "A palette of named colors for use in themes"
|
|
msgstr "A palette of named colors for use in themes"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:571
|
|
msgid "Enable Animations"
|
|
msgstr "Enable Animations"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:572
|
|
msgid "Whether to enable toolkit-wide animations."
|
|
msgstr "Whether to enable toolkit-wide animations."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:590
|
|
msgid "Enable Touchscreen Mode"
|
|
msgstr "Enable Touchscreen Mode"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:591
|
|
msgid "When TRUE, there are no motion notify events delivered on this screen"
|
|
msgstr "When TRUE, there are no motion notify events delivered on this screen"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:608
|
|
msgid "Tooltip timeout"
|
|
msgstr "Tooltip timeout"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:609
|
|
msgid "Timeout before tooltip is shown"
|
|
msgstr "Timeout before tooltip is shown"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:634
|
|
msgid "Tooltip browse timeout"
|
|
msgstr "Tooltip browse timeout"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:635
|
|
msgid "Timeout before tooltip is shown when browse mode is enabled"
|
|
msgstr "Timeout before tooltip is shown when browse mode is enabled"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:656
|
|
msgid "Tooltip browse mode timeout"
|
|
msgstr "Tooltip browse mode timeout"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:657
|
|
msgid "Timeout after which browse mode is disabled"
|
|
msgstr "Timeout after which browse mode is disabled"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:676
|
|
msgid "Keynav Cursor Only"
|
|
msgstr "Keynav Cursor Only"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:677
|
|
msgid "When TRUE, there are only cursor keys available to navigate widgets"
|
|
msgstr "When TRUE, there are only cursor keys available to navigate widgets"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:694
|
|
msgid "Keynav Wrap Around"
|
|
msgstr "Keynav Wrap Around"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:695
|
|
msgid "Whether to wrap around when keyboard-navigating widgets"
|
|
msgstr "Whether to wrap around when keyboard-navigating widgets"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:715
|
|
msgid "Error Bell"
|
|
msgstr "Error Bell"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:716
|
|
msgid "When TRUE, keyboard navigation and other errors will cause a beep"
|
|
msgstr "When TRUE, keyboard navigation and other errors will cause a beep"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:733
|
|
msgid "Color Hash"
|
|
msgstr "Color Hash"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:734
|
|
msgid "A hash table representation of the color scheme."
|
|
msgstr "A hash table representation of the color scheme."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:742
|
|
msgid "Default file chooser backend"
|
|
msgstr "Default file chooser backend"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:743
|
|
msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default"
|
|
msgstr "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:760
|
|
msgid "Default print backend"
|
|
msgstr "Default print backend"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:761
|
|
msgid "List of the GtkPrintBackend backends to use by default"
|
|
msgstr "List of the GtkPrintBackend backends to use by default"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:784
|
|
msgid "Default command to run when displaying a print preview"
|
|
msgstr "Default command to run when displaying a print preview"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:785
|
|
msgid "Command to run when displaying a print preview"
|
|
msgstr "Command to run when displaying a print preview"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:801
|
|
msgid "Enable Mnemonics"
|
|
msgstr "Enable Mnemonics"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:802
|
|
msgid "Whether labels should have mnemonics"
|
|
msgstr "Whether labels should have mnemonics"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:818
|
|
msgid "Enable Accelerators"
|
|
msgstr "Enable Accelerators"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:819
|
|
msgid "Whether menu items should have accelerators"
|
|
msgstr "Whether menu items should have accelerators"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:836
|
|
msgid "Recent Files Limit"
|
|
msgstr "Recent Files Limit"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:837
|
|
msgid "Number of recently used files"
|
|
msgstr "Number of recently used files"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:855
|
|
msgid "Default IM module"
|
|
msgstr "Default IM module"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:856
|
|
msgid "Which IM module should be used by default"
|
|
msgstr "Which IM module should be used by default"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:874
|
|
msgid "Recent Files Max Age"
|
|
msgstr "Recent Files Max Age"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:875
|
|
msgid "Maximum age of recently used files, in days"
|
|
msgstr "Maximum age of recently used files, in days"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:884
|
|
msgid "Fontconfig configuration timestamp"
|
|
msgstr "Fontconfig configuration timestamp"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:885
|
|
msgid "Timestamp of current fontconfig configuration"
|
|
msgstr "Timestamp of current fontconfig configuration"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:907
|
|
msgid "Sound Theme Name"
|
|
msgstr "Sound Theme Name"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:908
|
|
msgid "XDG sound theme name"
|
|
msgstr "XDG sound theme name"
|
|
|
|
#. Translators: this means sounds that are played as feedback to user input
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:930
|
|
msgid "Audible Input Feedback"
|
|
msgstr "Audible Input Feedback"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:931
|
|
msgid "Whether to play event sounds as feedback to user input"
|
|
msgstr "Whether to play event sounds as feedback to user input"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:952
|
|
msgid "Enable Event Sounds"
|
|
msgstr "Enable Event Sounds"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:953
|
|
msgid "Whether to play any event sounds at all"
|
|
msgstr "Whether to play any event sounds at all"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:968
|
|
msgid "Enable Tooltips"
|
|
msgstr "Enable Tooltips"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:969
|
|
msgid "Whether tooltips should be shown on widgets"
|
|
msgstr "Whether tooltips should be shown on widgets"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:982
|
|
msgid "Toolbar style"
|
|
msgstr "Toolbar style"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:983
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Whether default toolbars have text only, text and icons, icons only, etc."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Whether default toolbars have text only, text and icons, icons only, etc."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:997
|
|
msgid "Toolbar Icon Size"
|
|
msgstr "Toolbar Icon Size"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:998
|
|
msgid "The size of icons in default toolbars."
|
|
msgstr "The size of icons in default toolbars."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:1015
|
|
msgid "Auto Mnemonics"
|
|
msgstr "Auto Mnemonics"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:1016
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Whether mnemonics should be automatically shown and hidden when the user "
|
|
"presses the mnemonic activator."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Whether mnemonics should be automatically shown and hidden when the user "
|
|
"presses the mnemonic activator."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:1041
|
|
msgid "Application prefers a dark theme"
|
|
msgstr "Application prefers a dark theme"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:1042
|
|
msgid "Whether the application prefers to have a dark theme."
|
|
msgstr "Whether the application prefers to have a dark theme."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:341
|
|
msgid "Mode"
|
|
msgstr "Mode"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:342
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"The directions in which the size group affects the requested sizes of its "
|
|
"component widgets"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The directions in which the size group affects the requested sizes of its "
|
|
"component widgets"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:358
|
|
msgid "Ignore hidden"
|
|
msgstr "Ignore hidden"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:359
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"If TRUE, unmapped widgets are ignored when determining the size of the group"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"If TRUE, unmapped widgets are ignored when determining the size of the group"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:236
|
|
msgid "Climb Rate"
|
|
msgstr "Climb Rate"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:256
|
|
msgid "Snap to Ticks"
|
|
msgstr "Snap to Ticks"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:257
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Whether erroneous values are automatically changed to a spin button's "
|
|
"nearest step increment"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Whether erroneous values are automatically changed to a spin button's "
|
|
"nearest step increment"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:264
|
|
msgid "Numeric"
|
|
msgstr "Numeric"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:265
|
|
msgid "Whether non-numeric characters should be ignored"
|
|
msgstr "Whether non-numeric characters should be ignored"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:272
|
|
msgid "Wrap"
|
|
msgstr "Wrap"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:273
|
|
msgid "Whether a spin button should wrap upon reaching its limits"
|
|
msgstr "Whether a spin button should wrap upon reaching its limits"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:280
|
|
msgid "Update Policy"
|
|
msgstr "Update Policy"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:281
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Whether the spin button should update always, or only when the value is legal"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Whether the spin button should update always, or only when the value is legal"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:290
|
|
msgid "Reads the current value, or sets a new value"
|
|
msgstr "Reads the current value, or sets a new value"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:299
|
|
msgid "Style of bevel around the spin button"
|
|
msgstr "Style of bevel around the spin button"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkspinner.c:132
|
|
msgid "Whether the spinner is active"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the spinner is active"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkspinner.c:146
|
|
msgid "Number of steps"
|
|
msgstr "Number of steps"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkspinner.c:147
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"The number of steps for the spinner to complete a full loop. The animation "
|
|
"will complete a full cycle in one second by default (see #GtkSpinner:cycle-"
|
|
"duration)."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The number of steps for the spinner to complete a full loop. The animation "
|
|
"will complete a full cycle in one second by default (see #GtkSpinner:cycle-"
|
|
"duration)."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkspinner.c:162
|
|
msgid "Animation duration"
|
|
msgstr "Animation duration"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkspinner.c:163
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"The length of time in milliseconds for the spinner to complete a full loop"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The length of time in milliseconds for the spinner to complete a full loop"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:199
|
|
msgid "Has Resize Grip"
|
|
msgstr "Has Resize Grip"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:200
|
|
msgid "Whether the statusbar has a grip for resizing the toplevel"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the statusbar has a grip for resizing the toplevel"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:245
|
|
msgid "Style of bevel around the statusbar text"
|
|
msgstr "Style of bevel around the statusbar text"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:270
|
|
msgid "The size of the icon"
|
|
msgstr "The size of the icon"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:280
|
|
msgid "The screen where this status icon will be displayed"
|
|
msgstr "The screen where this status icon will be displayed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:288
|
|
msgid "Whether the status icon is visible"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the status icon is visible"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:304
|
|
msgid "Whether the status icon is embedded"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the status icon is embedded"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:320 gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:125
|
|
msgid "The orientation of the tray"
|
|
msgstr "The orientation of the tray"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:347 gtk/gtkwidget.c:863
|
|
msgid "Has tooltip"
|
|
msgstr "Has tooltip"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:348
|
|
msgid "Whether this tray icon has a tooltip"
|
|
msgstr "Whether this tray icon has a tooltip"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:373 gtk/gtkwidget.c:884
|
|
msgid "Tooltip Text"
|
|
msgstr "Tooltip Text"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:374 gtk/gtkwidget.c:885 gtk/gtkwidget.c:906
|
|
msgid "The contents of the tooltip for this widget"
|
|
msgstr "The contents of the tooltip for this widget"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:397 gtk/gtkwidget.c:905
|
|
msgid "Tooltip markup"
|
|
msgstr "Tooltip markup"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:398
|
|
msgid "The contents of the tooltip for this tray icon"
|
|
msgstr "The contents of the tooltip for this tray icon"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:416
|
|
msgid "The title of this tray icon"
|
|
msgstr "The title of this tray icon"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktable.c:148
|
|
msgid "Rows"
|
|
msgstr "Rows"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktable.c:149
|
|
msgid "The number of rows in the table"
|
|
msgstr "The number of rows in the table"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktable.c:157
|
|
msgid "Columns"
|
|
msgstr "Columns"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktable.c:158
|
|
msgid "The number of columns in the table"
|
|
msgstr "The number of columns in the table"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktable.c:166
|
|
msgid "Row spacing"
|
|
msgstr "Row spacing"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktable.c:167
|
|
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive rows"
|
|
msgstr "The amount of space between two consecutive rows"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktable.c:175
|
|
msgid "Column spacing"
|
|
msgstr "Column spacing"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktable.c:176
|
|
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive columns"
|
|
msgstr "The amount of space between two consecutive columns"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktable.c:185
|
|
msgid "If TRUE, the table cells are all the same width/height"
|
|
msgstr "If TRUE, the table cells are all the same width/height"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktable.c:192
|
|
msgid "Left attachment"
|
|
msgstr "Left attachment"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktable.c:199
|
|
msgid "Right attachment"
|
|
msgstr "Right attachment"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktable.c:200
|
|
msgid "The column number to attach the right side of a child widget to"
|
|
msgstr "The column number to attach the right side of a child widget to"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktable.c:206
|
|
msgid "Top attachment"
|
|
msgstr "Top attachment"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktable.c:207
|
|
msgid "The row number to attach the top of a child widget to"
|
|
msgstr "The row number to attach the top of a child widget to"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktable.c:213
|
|
msgid "Bottom attachment"
|
|
msgstr "Bottom attachment"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktable.c:220
|
|
msgid "Horizontal options"
|
|
msgstr "Horizontal options"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktable.c:221
|
|
msgid "Options specifying the horizontal behaviour of the child"
|
|
msgstr "Options specifying the horizontal behaviour of the child"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktable.c:227
|
|
msgid "Vertical options"
|
|
msgstr "Vertical options"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktable.c:228
|
|
msgid "Options specifying the vertical behaviour of the child"
|
|
msgstr "Options specifying the vertical behaviour of the child"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktable.c:234
|
|
msgid "Horizontal padding"
|
|
msgstr "Horizontal padding"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktable.c:235
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbors, in "
|
|
"pixels"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbors, in "
|
|
"pixels"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktable.c:241
|
|
msgid "Vertical padding"
|
|
msgstr "Vertical padding"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktable.c:242
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbors, in "
|
|
"pixels"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbors, in "
|
|
"pixels"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:192
|
|
msgid "Tag Table"
|
|
msgstr "Tag Table"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:193
|
|
msgid "Text Tag Table"
|
|
msgstr "Text Tag Table"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:211
|
|
msgid "Current text of the buffer"
|
|
msgstr "Current text of the buffer"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:225
|
|
msgid "Has selection"
|
|
msgstr "Has selection"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:226
|
|
msgid "Whether the buffer has some text currently selected"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the buffer has some text currently selected"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:242
|
|
msgid "Cursor position"
|
|
msgstr "Cursor position"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:243
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"The position of the insert mark (as offset from the beginning of the buffer)"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The position of the insert mark (as offset from the beginning of the buffer)"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:258
|
|
msgid "Copy target list"
|
|
msgstr "Copy target list"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:259
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard copying and DND source"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard copying and DND source"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:274
|
|
msgid "Paste target list"
|
|
msgstr "Paste target list"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:275
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard pasting and DND "
|
|
"destination"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard pasting and DND "
|
|
"destination"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktextmark.c:90
|
|
msgid "Mark name"
|
|
msgstr "Mark name"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktextmark.c:97
|
|
msgid "Left gravity"
|
|
msgstr "Left gravity"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktextmark.c:98
|
|
msgid "Whether the mark has left gravity"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the mark has left gravity"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:168
|
|
msgid "Tag name"
|
|
msgstr "Tag name"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:169
|
|
msgid "Name used to refer to the text tag. NULL for anonymous tags"
|
|
msgstr "Name used to refer to the text tag. NULL for anonymous tags"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:187
|
|
msgid "Background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
|
|
msgstr "Background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:194
|
|
msgid "Background full height"
|
|
msgstr "Background full height"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:195
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Whether the background color fills the entire line height or only the height "
|
|
"of the tagged characters"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Whether the background color fills the entire line height or only the height "
|
|
"of the tagged characters"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:211
|
|
msgid "Foreground color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
|
|
msgstr "Foreground color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:218
|
|
msgid "Text direction"
|
|
msgstr "Text direction"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:219
|
|
msgid "Text direction, e.g. right-to-left or left-to-right"
|
|
msgstr "Text direction, e.g. right-to-left or left-to-right"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:268
|
|
msgid "Font style as a PangoStyle, e.g. PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"
|
|
msgstr "Font style as a PangoStyle, e.g. PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:277
|
|
msgid "Font variant as a PangoVariant, e.g. PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"
|
|
msgstr "Font variant as a PangoVariant, e.g. PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:286
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Font weight as an integer, see predefined values in PangoWeight; for "
|
|
"example, PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Font weight as an integer, see predefined values in PangoWeight; for "
|
|
"example, PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:297
|
|
msgid "Font stretch as a PangoStretch, e.g. PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED"
|
|
msgstr "Font stretch as a PangoStretch, e.g. PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:306
|
|
msgid "Font size in Pango units"
|
|
msgstr "Font size in Pango units"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:316
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Font size as a scale factor relative to the default font size. This properly "
|
|
"adapts to theme changes etc. so is recommended. Pango predefines some scales "
|
|
"such as PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Font size as a scale factor relative to the default font size. This properly "
|
|
"adapts to theme changes etc. so is recommended. Pango predefines some scales "
|
|
"such as PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:336 gtk/gtktextview.c:686
|
|
msgid "Left, right, or center justification"
|
|
msgstr "Left, right, or center justification"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:355
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
|
|
"when rendering the text. If not set, an appropriate default will be used."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
|
|
"when rendering the text. If not set, an appropriate default will be used."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:362
|
|
msgid "Left margin"
|
|
msgstr "Left margin"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:363 gtk/gtktextview.c:695
|
|
msgid "Width of the left margin in pixels"
|
|
msgstr "Width of the left margin in pixels"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:372
|
|
msgid "Right margin"
|
|
msgstr "Right margin"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:373 gtk/gtktextview.c:705
|
|
msgid "Width of the right margin in pixels"
|
|
msgstr "Width of the right margin in pixels"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:383 gtk/gtktextview.c:714
|
|
msgid "Indent"
|
|
msgstr "Indent"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:384 gtk/gtktextview.c:715
|
|
msgid "Amount to indent the paragraph, in pixels"
|
|
msgstr "Amount to indent the paragraph, in pixels"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:395
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative) "
|
|
"in Pango units"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative) "
|
|
"in Pango units"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:404
|
|
msgid "Pixels above lines"
|
|
msgstr "Pixels above lines"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:405 gtk/gtktextview.c:639
|
|
msgid "Pixels of blank space above paragraphs"
|
|
msgstr "Pixels of blank space above paragraphs"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:414
|
|
msgid "Pixels below lines"
|
|
msgstr "Pixels below lines"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:415 gtk/gtktextview.c:649
|
|
msgid "Pixels of blank space below paragraphs"
|
|
msgstr "Pixels of blank space below paragraphs"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:424
|
|
msgid "Pixels inside wrap"
|
|
msgstr "Pixels inside wrap"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:425 gtk/gtktextview.c:659
|
|
msgid "Pixels of blank space between wrapped lines in a paragraph"
|
|
msgstr "Pixels of blank space between wrapped lines in a paragraph"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:452 gtk/gtktextview.c:677
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Whether to wrap lines never, at word boundaries, or at character boundaries"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Whether to wrap lines never, at word boundaries, or at character boundaries"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:461 gtk/gtktextview.c:724
|
|
msgid "Tabs"
|
|
msgstr "Tabs"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:462 gtk/gtktextview.c:725
|
|
msgid "Custom tabs for this text"
|
|
msgstr "Custom tabs for this text"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:480
|
|
msgid "Invisible"
|
|
msgstr "Invisible"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:481
|
|
msgid "Whether this text is hidden."
|
|
msgstr "Whether this text is hidden."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:495
|
|
msgid "Paragraph background color name"
|
|
msgstr "Paragraph background color name"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:496
|
|
msgid "Paragraph background color as a string"
|
|
msgstr "Paragraph background color as a string"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:511
|
|
msgid "Paragraph background color"
|
|
msgstr "Paragraph background color"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:512
|
|
msgid "Paragraph background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
|
|
msgstr "Paragraph background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:530
|
|
msgid "Margin Accumulates"
|
|
msgstr "Margin Accumulates"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:531
|
|
msgid "Whether left and right margins accumulate."
|
|
msgstr "Whether left and right margins accumulate."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:544
|
|
msgid "Background full height set"
|
|
msgstr "Background full height set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:545
|
|
msgid "Whether this tag affects background height"
|
|
msgstr "Whether this tag affects background height"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:584
|
|
msgid "Justification set"
|
|
msgstr "Justification set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:585
|
|
msgid "Whether this tag affects paragraph justification"
|
|
msgstr "Whether this tag affects paragraph justification"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:592
|
|
msgid "Left margin set"
|
|
msgstr "Left margin set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:593
|
|
msgid "Whether this tag affects the left margin"
|
|
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the left margin"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:596
|
|
msgid "Indent set"
|
|
msgstr "Indent set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:597
|
|
msgid "Whether this tag affects indentation"
|
|
msgstr "Whether this tag affects indentation"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:604
|
|
msgid "Pixels above lines set"
|
|
msgstr "Pixels above lines set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:605 gtk/gtktexttag.c:609
|
|
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels above lines"
|
|
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels above lines"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:608
|
|
msgid "Pixels below lines set"
|
|
msgstr "Pixels below lines set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:612
|
|
msgid "Pixels inside wrap set"
|
|
msgstr "Pixels inside wrap set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:613
|
|
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels between wrapped lines"
|
|
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels between wrapped lines"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:620
|
|
msgid "Right margin set"
|
|
msgstr "Right margin set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:621
|
|
msgid "Whether this tag affects the right margin"
|
|
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the right margin"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:628
|
|
msgid "Wrap mode set"
|
|
msgstr "Wrap mode set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:629
|
|
msgid "Whether this tag affects line wrap mode"
|
|
msgstr "Whether this tag affects line wrap mode"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:632
|
|
msgid "Tabs set"
|
|
msgstr "Tabs set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:633
|
|
msgid "Whether this tag affects tabs"
|
|
msgstr "Whether this tag affects tabs"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:636
|
|
msgid "Invisible set"
|
|
msgstr "Invisible set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:637
|
|
msgid "Whether this tag affects text visibility"
|
|
msgstr "Whether this tag affects text visibility"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:640
|
|
msgid "Paragraph background set"
|
|
msgstr "Paragraph background set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:641
|
|
msgid "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background color"
|
|
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background color"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:638
|
|
msgid "Pixels Above Lines"
|
|
msgstr "Pixels Above Lines"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:648
|
|
msgid "Pixels Below Lines"
|
|
msgstr "Pixels Below Lines"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:658
|
|
msgid "Pixels Inside Wrap"
|
|
msgstr "Pixels Inside Wrap"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:676
|
|
msgid "Wrap Mode"
|
|
msgstr "Wrap Mode"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:694
|
|
msgid "Left Margin"
|
|
msgstr "Left Margin"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:704
|
|
msgid "Right Margin"
|
|
msgstr "Right Margin"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:732
|
|
msgid "Cursor Visible"
|
|
msgstr "Cursor Visible"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:733
|
|
msgid "If the insertion cursor is shown"
|
|
msgstr "If the insertion cursor is shown"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:740
|
|
msgid "Buffer"
|
|
msgstr "Buffer"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:741
|
|
msgid "The buffer which is displayed"
|
|
msgstr "The buffer which is displayed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:749
|
|
msgid "Whether entered text overwrites existing contents"
|
|
msgstr "Whether entered text overwrites existing contents"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:756
|
|
msgid "Accepts tab"
|
|
msgstr "Accepts tab"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:757
|
|
msgid "Whether Tab will result in a tab character being entered"
|
|
msgstr "Whether Tab will result in a tab character being entered"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:786
|
|
msgid "Error underline color"
|
|
msgstr "Error underline color"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:787
|
|
msgid "Color with which to draw error-indication underlines"
|
|
msgstr "Color with which to draw error-indication underlines"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:118
|
|
msgid "Create the same proxies as a radio action"
|
|
msgstr "Create the same proxies as a radio action"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:119
|
|
msgid "Whether the proxies for this action look like radio action proxies"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the proxies for this action look like radio action proxies"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:134
|
|
msgid "Whether the toggle action should be active"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the toggle action should be active"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:116 gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c:113
|
|
msgid "If the toggle button should be pressed in"
|
|
msgstr "If the toggle button should be pressed in"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:124
|
|
msgid "If the toggle button is in an \"in between\" state"
|
|
msgstr "If the toggle button is in an \"in between\" state"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:131
|
|
msgid "Draw Indicator"
|
|
msgstr "Draw Indicator"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:132
|
|
msgid "If the toggle part of the button is displayed"
|
|
msgstr "If the toggle part of the button is displayed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:465 gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1033
|
|
msgid "Toolbar Style"
|
|
msgstr "Toolbar Style"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:466
|
|
msgid "How to draw the toolbar"
|
|
msgstr "How to draw the toolbar"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:473
|
|
msgid "Show Arrow"
|
|
msgstr "Show Arrow"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:474
|
|
msgid "If an arrow should be shown if the toolbar doesn't fit"
|
|
msgstr "If an arrow should be shown if the toolbar doesn't fit"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:495
|
|
msgid "Size of icons in this toolbar"
|
|
msgstr "Size of icons in this toolbar"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:510 gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1019
|
|
msgid "Icon size set"
|
|
msgstr "Icon size set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:511 gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1020
|
|
msgid "Whether the icon-size property has been set"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the icon-size property has been set"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:520
|
|
msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the toolbar grows"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the item should receive extra space when the toolbar grows"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:528 gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1625
|
|
msgid "Whether the item should be the same size as other homogeneous items"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the item should be the same size as other homogeneous items"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:535
|
|
msgid "Spacer size"
|
|
msgstr "Spacer size"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:536
|
|
msgid "Size of spacers"
|
|
msgstr "Size of spacers"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:545
|
|
msgid "Amount of border space between the toolbar shadow and the buttons"
|
|
msgstr "Amount of border space between the toolbar shadow and the buttons"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:553
|
|
msgid "Maximum child expand"
|
|
msgstr "Maximum child expand"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:554
|
|
msgid "Maximum amount of space an expandable item will be given"
|
|
msgstr "Maximum amount of space an expandable item will be given"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:562
|
|
msgid "Space style"
|
|
msgstr "Space style"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:563
|
|
msgid "Whether spacers are vertical lines or just blank"
|
|
msgstr "Whether spacers are vertical lines or just blank"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:570
|
|
msgid "Button relief"
|
|
msgstr "Button relief"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:571
|
|
msgid "Type of bevel around toolbar buttons"
|
|
msgstr "Type of bevel around toolbar buttons"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:578
|
|
msgid "Style of bevel around the toolbar"
|
|
msgstr "Style of bevel around the toolbar"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:203
|
|
msgid "Text to show in the item."
|
|
msgstr "Text to show in the item."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:210
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"If set, an underline in the label property indicates that the next character "
|
|
"should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key in the overflow menu"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"If set, an underline in the label property indicates that the next character "
|
|
"should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key in the overflow menu"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:217
|
|
msgid "Widget to use as the item label"
|
|
msgstr "Widget to use as the item label"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:223
|
|
msgid "Stock Id"
|
|
msgstr "Stock Id"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:224
|
|
msgid "The stock icon displayed on the item"
|
|
msgstr "The stock icon displayed on the item"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:240
|
|
msgid "Icon name"
|
|
msgstr "Icon name"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:241
|
|
msgid "The name of the themed icon displayed on the item"
|
|
msgstr "The name of the themed icon displayed on the item"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:247
|
|
msgid "Icon widget"
|
|
msgstr "Icon widget"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:248
|
|
msgid "Icon widget to display in the item"
|
|
msgstr "Icon widget to display in the item"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:261
|
|
msgid "Icon spacing"
|
|
msgstr "Icon spacing"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:262
|
|
msgid "Spacing in pixels between the icon and label"
|
|
msgstr "Spacing in pixels between the icon and label"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolitem.c:201
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Whether the toolbar item is considered important. When TRUE, toolbar buttons "
|
|
"show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Whether the toolbar item is considered important. When TRUE, toolbar buttons "
|
|
"show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1572
|
|
msgid "The human-readable title of this item group"
|
|
msgstr "The human-readable title of this item group"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1579
|
|
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual label"
|
|
msgstr "A widget to display in place of the usual label"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1585
|
|
msgid "Collapsed"
|
|
msgstr "Collapsed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1586
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Whether the group has been collapsed and items are hidden"
|
|
msgstr "Wether the group has been collapsed and items are hidden"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1592
|
|
msgid "ellipsize"
|
|
msgstr "ellipsize"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1593
|
|
msgid "Ellipsize for item group headers"
|
|
msgstr "Ellipsize for item group headers"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1599
|
|
msgid "Header Relief"
|
|
msgstr "Header Relief"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1600
|
|
msgid "Relief of the group header button"
|
|
msgstr "Relief of the group header button"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1615
|
|
msgid "Header Spacing"
|
|
msgstr "Header Spacing"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1616
|
|
msgid "Spacing between expander arrow and caption"
|
|
msgstr "Spacing between expander arrow and caption"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1632
|
|
msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the group grows"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the item should receive extra space when the group grows"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1639
|
|
msgid "Whether the item should fill the available space"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the item should fill the available space"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1645
|
|
msgid "New Row"
|
|
msgstr "New Row"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1646
|
|
msgid "Whether the item should start a new row"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the item should start a new row"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1653
|
|
msgid "Position of the item within this group"
|
|
msgstr "Position of the item within this group"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1004
|
|
msgid "Size of icons in this tool palette"
|
|
msgstr "Size of icons in this tool palette"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1034
|
|
msgid "Style of items in the tool palette"
|
|
msgstr "Style of items in the tool palette"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1050
|
|
msgid "Exclusive"
|
|
msgstr "Exclusive"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1051
|
|
msgid "Whether the item group should be the only expanded at a given time"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the item group should be the only expanded at a given time"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1066
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Whether the item group should receive extra space when the palette grows"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Whether the item group should receive extra space when the palette grows"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:134
|
|
msgid "Foreground color for symbolic icons"
|
|
msgstr "Foreground color for symbolic icons"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:141
|
|
msgid "Error color"
|
|
msgstr "Error color"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:142
|
|
msgid "Error color for symbolic icons"
|
|
msgstr "Error color for symbolic icons"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:149
|
|
msgid "Warning color"
|
|
msgstr "Warning color"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:150
|
|
msgid "Warning color for symbolic icons"
|
|
msgstr "Warning color for symbolic icons"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:157
|
|
msgid "Success color"
|
|
msgstr "Success color"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:158
|
|
msgid "Success color for symbolic icons"
|
|
msgstr "Success color for symbolic icons"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:166
|
|
msgid "Padding that should be put around icons in the tray"
|
|
msgstr "Padding that should be put around icons in the tray"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:278
|
|
msgid "TreeModelSort Model"
|
|
msgstr "TreeModelSort Model"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:279
|
|
msgid "The model for the TreeModelSort to sort"
|
|
msgstr "The model for the TreeModelSort to sort"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:563
|
|
msgid "TreeView Model"
|
|
msgstr "TreeView Model"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:564
|
|
msgid "The model for the tree view"
|
|
msgstr "The model for the tree view"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:572
|
|
msgid "Horizontal Adjustment for the widget"
|
|
msgstr "Horizontal Adjustment for the widget"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:580
|
|
msgid "Vertical Adjustment for the widget"
|
|
msgstr "Vertical Adjustment for the widget"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:587
|
|
msgid "Headers Visible"
|
|
msgstr "Headers Visible"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:588
|
|
msgid "Show the column header buttons"
|
|
msgstr "Show the column header buttons"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:595
|
|
msgid "Headers Clickable"
|
|
msgstr "Headers Clickable"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:596
|
|
msgid "Column headers respond to click events"
|
|
msgstr "Column headers respond to click events"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:603
|
|
msgid "Expander Column"
|
|
msgstr "Expander Column"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:604
|
|
msgid "Set the column for the expander column"
|
|
msgstr "Set the column for the expander column"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:619
|
|
msgid "Rules Hint"
|
|
msgstr "Rules Hint"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:620
|
|
msgid "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colors"
|
|
msgstr "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colors"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:627
|
|
msgid "Enable Search"
|
|
msgstr "Enable Search"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:628
|
|
msgid "View allows user to search through columns interactively"
|
|
msgstr "View allows user to search through columns interactively"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:635
|
|
msgid "Search Column"
|
|
msgstr "Search Column"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:636
|
|
msgid "Model column to search through during interactive search"
|
|
msgstr "Model column to search through during interactive search"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:656
|
|
msgid "Fixed Height Mode"
|
|
msgstr "Fixed Height Mode"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:657
|
|
msgid "Speeds up GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height"
|
|
msgstr "Speeds up GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:677
|
|
msgid "Hover Selection"
|
|
msgstr "Hover Selection"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:678
|
|
msgid "Whether the selection should follow the pointer"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the selection should follow the pointer"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:697
|
|
msgid "Hover Expand"
|
|
msgstr "Hover Expand"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:698
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Whether rows should be expanded/collapsed when the pointer moves over them"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Whether rows should be expanded/collapsed when the pointer moves over them"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:712
|
|
msgid "Show Expanders"
|
|
msgstr "Show Expanders"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:713
|
|
msgid "View has expanders"
|
|
msgstr "View has expanders"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:727
|
|
msgid "Level Indentation"
|
|
msgstr "Level Indentation"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:728
|
|
msgid "Extra indentation for each level"
|
|
msgstr "Extra indentation for each level"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:737
|
|
msgid "Rubber Banding"
|
|
msgstr "Rubber Banding"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:738
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Whether to enable selection of multiple items by dragging the mouse pointer"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Whether to enable selection of multiple items by dragging the mouse pointer"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:745
|
|
msgid "Enable Grid Lines"
|
|
msgstr "Enable Grid Lines"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:746
|
|
msgid "Whether grid lines should be drawn in the tree view"
|
|
msgstr "Whether grid lines should be drawn in the tree view"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:754
|
|
msgid "Enable Tree Lines"
|
|
msgstr "Enable Tree Lines"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:755
|
|
msgid "Whether tree lines should be drawn in the tree view"
|
|
msgstr "Whether tree lines should be drawn in the tree view"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:763
|
|
msgid "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the rows"
|
|
msgstr "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the rows"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:785
|
|
msgid "Vertical Separator Width"
|
|
msgstr "Vertical Separator Width"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:786
|
|
msgid "Vertical space between cells. Must be an even number"
|
|
msgstr "Vertical space between cells. Must be an even number"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:794
|
|
msgid "Horizontal Separator Width"
|
|
msgstr "Horizontal Separator Width"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:795
|
|
msgid "Horizontal space between cells. Must be an even number"
|
|
msgstr "Horizontal space between cells. Must be an even number"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:803
|
|
msgid "Allow Rules"
|
|
msgstr "Allow Rules"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:804
|
|
msgid "Allow drawing of alternating color rows"
|
|
msgstr "Allow drawing of alternating color rows"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:810
|
|
msgid "Indent Expanders"
|
|
msgstr "Indent Expanders"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:811
|
|
msgid "Make the expanders indented"
|
|
msgstr "Make the expanders indented"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:817
|
|
msgid "Even Row Color"
|
|
msgstr "Even Row Color"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:818
|
|
msgid "Color to use for even rows"
|
|
msgstr "Color to use for even rows"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:824
|
|
msgid "Odd Row Color"
|
|
msgstr "Odd Row Color"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:825
|
|
msgid "Color to use for odd rows"
|
|
msgstr "Color to use for odd rows"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:831
|
|
msgid "Grid line width"
|
|
msgstr "Grid line width"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:832
|
|
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the tree view grid lines"
|
|
msgstr "Width, in pixels, of the tree view grid lines"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:838
|
|
msgid "Tree line width"
|
|
msgstr "Tree line width"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:839
|
|
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the tree view lines"
|
|
msgstr "Width, in pixels, of the tree view lines"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:845
|
|
msgid "Grid line pattern"
|
|
msgstr "Grid line pattern"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:846
|
|
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view grid lines"
|
|
msgstr "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view grid lines"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:852
|
|
msgid "Tree line pattern"
|
|
msgstr "Tree line pattern"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:853
|
|
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view lines"
|
|
msgstr "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view lines"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:196
|
|
msgid "Whether to display the column"
|
|
msgstr "Whether to display the column"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:203 gtk/gtkwindow.c:609
|
|
msgid "Resizable"
|
|
msgstr "Resizable"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:204
|
|
msgid "Column is user-resizable"
|
|
msgstr "Column is user-resizable"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:212
|
|
msgid "Current width of the column"
|
|
msgstr "Current width of the column"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:221
|
|
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells"
|
|
msgstr "Space which is inserted between cells"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:229
|
|
msgid "Sizing"
|
|
msgstr "Sizing"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:230
|
|
msgid "Resize mode of the column"
|
|
msgstr "Resize mode of the column"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:238
|
|
msgid "Fixed Width"
|
|
msgstr "Fixed Width"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:239
|
|
msgid "Current fixed width of the column"
|
|
msgstr "Current fixed width of the column"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:248
|
|
msgid "Minimum Width"
|
|
msgstr "Minimum Width"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:249
|
|
msgid "Minimum allowed width of the column"
|
|
msgstr "Minimum allowed width of the column"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:258
|
|
msgid "Maximum Width"
|
|
msgstr "Maximum Width"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:259
|
|
msgid "Maximum allowed width of the column"
|
|
msgstr "Maximum allowed width of the column"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:269
|
|
msgid "Title to appear in column header"
|
|
msgstr "Title to appear in column header"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:277
|
|
msgid "Column gets share of extra width allocated to the widget"
|
|
msgstr "Column gets share of extra width allocated to the widget"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:284
|
|
msgid "Clickable"
|
|
msgstr "Clickable"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:285
|
|
msgid "Whether the header can be clicked"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the header can be clicked"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:293
|
|
msgid "Widget"
|
|
msgstr "Widget"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:294
|
|
msgid "Widget to put in column header button instead of column title"
|
|
msgstr "Widget to put in column header button instead of column title"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:302
|
|
msgid "X Alignment of the column header text or widget"
|
|
msgstr "X Alignment of the column header text or widget"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:312
|
|
msgid "Whether the column can be reordered around the headers"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the column can be reordered around the headers"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:319
|
|
msgid "Sort indicator"
|
|
msgstr "Sort indicator"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:320
|
|
msgid "Whether to show a sort indicator"
|
|
msgstr "Whether to show a sort indicator"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:327
|
|
msgid "Sort order"
|
|
msgstr "Sort order"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:328
|
|
msgid "Sort direction the sort indicator should indicate"
|
|
msgstr "Sort direction the sort indicator should indicate"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:344
|
|
msgid "Sort column ID"
|
|
msgstr "Sort column ID"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:345
|
|
msgid "Logical sort column ID this column sorts on when selected for sorting"
|
|
msgstr "Logical sort column ID this column sorts on when selected for sorting"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkuimanager.c:225
|
|
msgid "Whether tearoff menu items should be added to menus"
|
|
msgstr "Whether tearoff menu items should be added to menus"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkuimanager.c:232
|
|
msgid "Merged UI definition"
|
|
msgstr "Merged UI definition"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkuimanager.c:233
|
|
msgid "An XML string describing the merged UI"
|
|
msgstr "An XML string describing the merged UI"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:143
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the horizontal position for "
|
|
"this viewport"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the horizontal position for "
|
|
"this viewport"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:151
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the vertical position for "
|
|
"this viewport"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the vertical position for "
|
|
"this viewport"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:159
|
|
msgid "Determines how the shadowed box around the viewport is drawn"
|
|
msgstr "Determines how the shadowed box around the viewport is drawn"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:714
|
|
msgid "Widget name"
|
|
msgstr "Widget name"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:715
|
|
msgid "The name of the widget"
|
|
msgstr "The name of the widget"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:721
|
|
msgid "Parent widget"
|
|
msgstr "Parent widget"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:722
|
|
msgid "The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget"
|
|
msgstr "The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:729
|
|
msgid "Width request"
|
|
msgstr "Width request"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:730
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be "
|
|
"used"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be "
|
|
"used"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:738
|
|
msgid "Height request"
|
|
msgstr "Height request"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:739
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should "
|
|
"be used"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should "
|
|
"be used"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:748
|
|
msgid "Whether the widget is visible"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the widget is visible"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:755
|
|
msgid "Whether the widget responds to input"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the widget responds to input"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:761
|
|
msgid "Application paintable"
|
|
msgstr "Application paintable"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:762
|
|
msgid "Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:768
|
|
msgid "Can focus"
|
|
msgstr "Can focus"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:769
|
|
msgid "Whether the widget can accept the input focus"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the widget can accept the input focus"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:775
|
|
msgid "Has focus"
|
|
msgstr "Has focus"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:776
|
|
msgid "Whether the widget has the input focus"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the widget has the input focus"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:782
|
|
msgid "Is focus"
|
|
msgstr "Is focus"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:783
|
|
msgid "Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:789
|
|
msgid "Can default"
|
|
msgstr "Can default"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:790
|
|
msgid "Whether the widget can be the default widget"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the widget can be the default widget"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:796
|
|
msgid "Has default"
|
|
msgstr "Has default"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:797
|
|
msgid "Whether the widget is the default widget"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the widget is the default widget"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:803
|
|
msgid "Receives default"
|
|
msgstr "Receives default"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:804
|
|
msgid "If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"
|
|
msgstr "If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:810
|
|
msgid "Composite child"
|
|
msgstr "Composite child"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:811
|
|
msgid "Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:817
|
|
msgid "Style"
|
|
msgstr "Style"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:818
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look "
|
|
"(colors etc)"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look "
|
|
"(colors etc)"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:824
|
|
msgid "Events"
|
|
msgstr "Events"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:825
|
|
msgid "The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"
|
|
msgstr "The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:832
|
|
msgid "Extension events"
|
|
msgstr "Extension events"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:833
|
|
msgid "The mask that decides what kind of extension events this widget gets"
|
|
msgstr "The mask that decides what kind of extension events this widget gets"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:840
|
|
msgid "No show all"
|
|
msgstr "No show all"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:841
|
|
msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"
|
|
msgstr "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:864
|
|
msgid "Whether this widget has a tooltip"
|
|
msgstr "Whether this widget has a tooltip"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:920
|
|
msgid "Window"
|
|
msgstr "Window"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:921
|
|
msgid "The widget's window if it is realized"
|
|
msgstr "The widget's window if it is realized"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:935
|
|
msgid "Double Buffered"
|
|
msgstr "Double Buffered"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:936
|
|
msgid "Whether the widget is double buffered"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the widget is double buffered"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:951
|
|
msgid "How to position in extra horizontal space"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:967
|
|
msgid "How to position in extra vertical space"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:986
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Margin on Left"
|
|
msgstr "Margin"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:987
|
|
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the left side"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1007
|
|
msgid "Margin on Right"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1008
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the right side"
|
|
msgstr "Pixels of blank space above paragraphs"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1028
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Margin on Top"
|
|
msgstr "Margin"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1029
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the top side"
|
|
msgstr "Pixels of blank space above paragraphs"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1049
|
|
msgid "Margin on Bottom"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1050
|
|
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the bottom side"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1067
|
|
#, fuzzy
|
|
msgid "All Margins"
|
|
msgstr "Margin"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1068
|
|
msgid "Pixels of extra space on all four sides"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2741
|
|
msgid "Interior Focus"
|
|
msgstr "Interior Focus"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2742
|
|
msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"
|
|
msgstr "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2748
|
|
msgid "Focus linewidth"
|
|
msgstr "Focus linewidth"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2749
|
|
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"
|
|
msgstr "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2755
|
|
msgid "Focus line dash pattern"
|
|
msgstr "Focus line dash pattern"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2756
|
|
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"
|
|
msgstr "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2761
|
|
msgid "Focus padding"
|
|
msgstr "Focus padding"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2762
|
|
msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"
|
|
msgstr "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2767
|
|
msgid "Cursor color"
|
|
msgstr "Cursor color"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2768
|
|
msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor"
|
|
msgstr "Color with which to draw insertion cursor"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2773
|
|
msgid "Secondary cursor color"
|
|
msgstr "Secondary cursor color"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2774
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed "
|
|
"right-to-left and left-to-right text"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed "
|
|
"right-to-left and left-to-right text"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2779
|
|
msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio"
|
|
msgstr "Cursor line aspect ratio"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2780
|
|
msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"
|
|
msgstr "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2786
|
|
msgid "Window dragging"
|
|
msgstr "Window dragging"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2787
|
|
msgid "Whether windows can be dragged by clicking on empty areas"
|
|
msgstr "Whether windows can be dragged by clicking on empty areas"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2800
|
|
msgid "Unvisited Link Color"
|
|
msgstr "Unvisited Link Color"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2801
|
|
msgid "Color of unvisited links"
|
|
msgstr "Color of unvisited links"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2814
|
|
msgid "Visited Link Color"
|
|
msgstr "Visited Link Color"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2815
|
|
msgid "Color of visited links"
|
|
msgstr "Color of visited links"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2829
|
|
msgid "Wide Separators"
|
|
msgstr "Wide Separators"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2830
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a box "
|
|
"instead of a line"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a box "
|
|
"instead of a line"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2844
|
|
msgid "Separator Width"
|
|
msgstr "Separator Width"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2845
|
|
msgid "The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE"
|
|
msgstr "The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2859
|
|
msgid "Separator Height"
|
|
msgstr "Separator Height"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2860
|
|
msgid "The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE"
|
|
msgstr "The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2874
|
|
msgid "Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length"
|
|
msgstr "Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2875
|
|
msgid "The length of horizontal scroll arrows"
|
|
msgstr "The length of horizontal scroll arrows"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2889
|
|
msgid "Vertical Scroll Arrow Length"
|
|
msgstr "Vertical Scroll Arrow Length"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2890
|
|
msgid "The length of vertical scroll arrows"
|
|
msgstr "The length of vertical scroll arrows"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:567
|
|
msgid "Window Type"
|
|
msgstr "Window Type"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:568
|
|
msgid "The type of the window"
|
|
msgstr "The type of the window"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:576
|
|
msgid "Window Title"
|
|
msgstr "Window Title"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:577
|
|
msgid "The title of the window"
|
|
msgstr "The title of the window"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:584
|
|
msgid "Window Role"
|
|
msgstr "Window Role"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:585
|
|
msgid "Unique identifier for the window to be used when restoring a session"
|
|
msgstr "Unique identifier for the window to be used when restoring a session"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:601
|
|
msgid "Startup ID"
|
|
msgstr "Startup ID"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:602
|
|
msgid "Unique startup identifier for the window used by startup-notification"
|
|
msgstr "Unique startup identifier for the window used by startup-notification"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:610
|
|
msgid "If TRUE, users can resize the window"
|
|
msgstr "If TRUE, users can resize the window"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:617
|
|
msgid "Modal"
|
|
msgstr "Modal"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:618
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"If TRUE, the window is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is "
|
|
"up)"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"If TRUE, the window is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is "
|
|
"up)"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:625
|
|
msgid "Window Position"
|
|
msgstr "Window Position"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:626
|
|
msgid "The initial position of the window"
|
|
msgstr "The initial position of the window"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:634
|
|
msgid "Default Width"
|
|
msgstr "Default Width"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:635
|
|
msgid "The default width of the window, used when initially showing the window"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The default width of the window, used when initially showing the window"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:644
|
|
msgid "Default Height"
|
|
msgstr "Default Height"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:645
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"The default height of the window, used when initially showing the window"
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"The default height of the window, used when initially showing the window"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:654
|
|
msgid "Destroy with Parent"
|
|
msgstr "Destroy with Parent"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:655
|
|
msgid "If this window should be destroyed when the parent is destroyed"
|
|
msgstr "If this window should be destroyed when the parent is destroyed"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:663
|
|
msgid "Icon for this window"
|
|
msgstr "Icon for this window"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:669
|
|
msgid "Mnemonics Visible"
|
|
msgstr "Mnemonics Visible"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:670
|
|
msgid "Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this window"
|
|
msgstr "Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this window"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:686
|
|
msgid "Name of the themed icon for this window"
|
|
msgstr "Name of the themed icon for this window"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:701
|
|
msgid "Is Active"
|
|
msgstr "Is Active"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:702
|
|
msgid "Whether the toplevel is the current active window"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the toplevel is the current active window"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:709
|
|
msgid "Focus in Toplevel"
|
|
msgstr "Focus in Toplevel"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:710
|
|
msgid "Whether the input focus is within this GtkWindow"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the input focus is within this GtkWindow"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:717
|
|
msgid "Type hint"
|
|
msgstr "Type hint"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:718
|
|
msgid ""
|
|
"Hint to help the desktop environment understand what kind of window this is "
|
|
"and how to treat it."
|
|
msgstr ""
|
|
"Hint to help the desktop environment understand what kind of window this is "
|
|
"and how to treat it."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:726
|
|
msgid "Skip taskbar"
|
|
msgstr "Skip taskbar"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:727
|
|
msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the task bar."
|
|
msgstr "TRUE if the window should not be in the task bar."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:734
|
|
msgid "Skip pager"
|
|
msgstr "Skip pager"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:735
|
|
msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the pager."
|
|
msgstr "TRUE if the window should not be in the pager."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:742
|
|
msgid "Urgent"
|
|
msgstr "Urgent"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:743
|
|
msgid "TRUE if the window should be brought to the user's attention."
|
|
msgstr "TRUE if the window should be brought to the user's attention."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:757
|
|
msgid "Accept focus"
|
|
msgstr "Accept focus"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:758
|
|
msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus."
|
|
msgstr "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:772
|
|
msgid "Focus on map"
|
|
msgstr "Focus on map"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:773
|
|
msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus when mapped."
|
|
msgstr "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus when mapped."
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:787
|
|
msgid "Decorated"
|
|
msgstr "Decorated"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:788
|
|
msgid "Whether the window should be decorated by the window manager"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the window should be decorated by the window manager"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:802
|
|
msgid "Deletable"
|
|
msgstr "Deletable"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:803
|
|
msgid "Whether the window frame should have a close button"
|
|
msgstr "Whether the window frame should have a close button"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:819
|
|
msgid "Gravity"
|
|
msgstr "Gravity"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:820
|
|
msgid "The window gravity of the window"
|
|
msgstr "The window gravity of the window"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:837
|
|
msgid "Transient for Window"
|
|
msgstr "Transient for Window"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:838
|
|
msgid "The transient parent of the dialog"
|
|
msgstr "The transient parent of the dialog"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:853
|
|
msgid "Opacity for Window"
|
|
msgstr "Opacity for Window"
|
|
|
|
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:854
|
|
msgid "The opacity of the window, from 0 to 1"
|
|
msgstr "The opacity of the window, from 0 to 1"
|
|
|
|
#: modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:334
|
|
msgid "IM Preedit style"
|
|
msgstr "IM Preedit style"
|
|
|
|
#: modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:335
|
|
msgid "How to draw the input method preedit string"
|
|
msgstr "How to draw the input method preedit string"
|
|
|
|
#: modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:343
|
|
msgid "IM Status style"
|
|
msgstr "IM Status style"
|
|
|
|
#: modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:344
|
|
msgid "How to draw the input method statusbar"
|
|
msgstr "How to draw the input method statusbar"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Has separator"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Has separator"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "The dialog has a separator bar above its buttons"
|
|
#~ msgstr "The dialog has a separator bar above its buttons"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "State Hint"
|
|
#~ msgstr "State Hint"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Whether to pass a proper state when drawing shadow or background"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Whether to pass a proper state when drawing shadow or background"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Deprecated property, use shadow_type instead"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Deprecated property, use shadow_type instead"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Pixmap"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Pixmap"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "A GdkPixmap to display"
|
|
#~ msgstr "A GdkPixmap to display"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Mask"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Mask"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Mask bitmap to use with GdkPixmap"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Mask bitmap to use with GdkPixmap"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Use separator"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Use separator"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid ""
|
|
#~ "Whether to put a separator between the message dialog's text and the "
|
|
#~ "buttons"
|
|
#~ msgstr ""
|
|
#~ "Whether to put a separator between the message dialog's text and the "
|
|
#~ "buttons"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Draw slider ACTIVE during drag"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Draw slider ACTIVE during drag"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid ""
|
|
#~ "With this option set to TRUE, sliders will be drawn ACTIVE and with "
|
|
#~ "shadow IN while they are dragged"
|
|
#~ msgstr ""
|
|
#~ "With this option set to TRUE, sliders will be drawn ACTIVE and with "
|
|
#~ "shadow IN while they are dragged"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Trough Side Details"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Trough Side Details"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid ""
|
|
#~ "When TRUE, the parts of the trough on the two sides of the slider are "
|
|
#~ "drawn with different details"
|
|
#~ msgstr ""
|
|
#~ "When TRUE, the parts of the trough on the two sides of the slider are "
|
|
#~ "drawn with different details"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Stepper Position Details"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Stepper Position Details"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid ""
|
|
#~ "When TRUE, the detail string for rendering the steppers is suffixed with "
|
|
#~ "position information"
|
|
#~ msgstr ""
|
|
#~ "When TRUE, the detail string for rendering the steppers is suffixed with "
|
|
#~ "position information"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Blinking"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Blinking"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Whether the status icon is blinking"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Whether the status icon is blinking"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Row Ending details"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Row Ending details"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Enable extended row background theming"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Enable extended row background theming"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer"
|
|
#~ msgstr "the GdkScreen for the renderer"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "A GdkImage to display"
|
|
#~ msgstr "A GdkImage to display"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Background stipple mask"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Background stipple mask"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text background"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text background"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Foreground stipple mask"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Foreground stipple mask"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text foreground"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text foreground"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Background stipple set"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Background stipple set"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Whether this tag affects the background stipple"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Whether this tag affects the background stipple"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Foreground stipple set"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Foreground stipple set"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground stipple"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Whether this tag affects the foreground stipple"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Draw Border"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Draw Border"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Size of areas outside the widget's allocation to draw"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Size of areas outside the widget's allocation to draw"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton."
|
|
#~ msgstr "The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton."
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Invisible char set"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Invisible char set"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "The GdkFont that is currently selected"
|
|
#~ msgstr "The GdkFont that is currently selected"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid ""
|
|
#~ "The maximum number of items to be returned by gtk_recent_manager_get_items"
|
|
#~ "()"
|
|
#~ msgstr ""
|
|
#~ "The maximum number of items to be returned by gtk_recent_manager_get_items"
|
|
#~ "()"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Allow Shrink"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Allow Shrink"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid ""
|
|
#~ "If TRUE, the window has no mimimum size. Setting this to TRUE is 99% of "
|
|
#~ "the time a bad idea"
|
|
#~ msgstr ""
|
|
#~ "If TRUE, the window has no mimimum size. Setting this to TRUE is 99% of "
|
|
#~ "the time a bad idea"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Allow Grow"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Allow Grow"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "If TRUE, users can expand the window beyond its minimum size"
|
|
#~ msgstr "If TRUE, users can expand the window beyond its minimum size"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Loop"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Loop"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Whether the animation should loop when it reaches the end"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Whether the animation should loop when it reaches the end"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Number of Channels"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Number of Channels"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "The number of samples per pixel"
|
|
#~ msgstr "The number of samples per pixel"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Colorspace"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Colorspace"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "The colorspace in which the samples are interpreted"
|
|
#~ msgstr "The colorspace in which the samples are interpreted"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Has Alpha"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Has Alpha"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Whether the pixbuf has an alpha channel"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Whether the pixbuf has an alpha channel"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Bits per Sample"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Bits per Sample"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "The number of bits per sample"
|
|
#~ msgstr "The number of bits per sample"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "The number of columns of the pixbuf"
|
|
#~ msgstr "The number of columns of the pixbuf"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "The number of rows of the pixbuf"
|
|
#~ msgstr "The number of rows of the pixbuf"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Rowstride"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Rowstride"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid ""
|
|
#~ "The number of bytes between the start of a row and the start of the next "
|
|
#~ "row"
|
|
#~ msgstr ""
|
|
#~ "The number of bytes between the start of a row and the start of the next "
|
|
#~ "row"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Pixels"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Pixels"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "A pointer to the pixel data of the pixbuf"
|
|
#~ msgstr "A pointer to the pixel data of the pixbuf"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Activity mode"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Activity mode"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid ""
|
|
#~ "If TRUE, the GtkProgress is in activity mode, meaning that it signals "
|
|
#~ "something is happening, but not how much of the activity is finished. "
|
|
#~ "This is used when you're doing something but don't know how long it will "
|
|
#~ "take."
|
|
#~ msgstr ""
|
|
#~ "If TRUE, the GtkProgress is in activity mode, meaning that it signals "
|
|
#~ "something is happening, but not how much of the activity is finished. "
|
|
#~ "This is used when you're doing something but don't know how long it will "
|
|
#~ "take."
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Enable arrow keys"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Enable arrow keys"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Whether the arrow keys move through the list of items"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Whether the arrow keys move through the list of items"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Always enable arrows"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Always enable arrows"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Obsolete property, ignored"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Obsolete property, ignored"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Case sensitive"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Case sensitive"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Whether list item matching is case sensitive"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Whether list item matching is case sensitive"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Allow empty"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Allow empty"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Whether an empty value may be entered in this field"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Whether an empty value may be entered in this field"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Value in list"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Value in list"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Whether entered values must already be present in the list"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Whether entered values must already be present in the list"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Is this curve linear, spline interpolated, or free-form"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Is this curve linear, spline interpolated, or free-form"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Minimum X"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Minimum X"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Minimum possible value for X"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Minimum possible value for X"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Maximum X"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Maximum X"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Maximum possible X value"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Maximum possible X value"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Minimum Y"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Minimum Y"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Minimum possible value for Y"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Minimum possible value for Y"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Maximum Y"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Maximum Y"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Maximum possible value for Y"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Maximum possible value for Y"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "File System Backend"
|
|
#~ msgstr "File System Backend"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Name of file system backend to use"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Name of file system backend to use"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "The currently selected filename"
|
|
#~ msgstr "The currently selected filename"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Show file operations"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Show file operations"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Whether buttons for creating/manipulating files should be displayed"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Whether buttons for creating/manipulating files should be displayed"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Tab Border"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Tab Border"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Width of the border around the tab labels"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Width of the border around the tab labels"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Horizontal Tab Border"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Horizontal Tab Border"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Width of the horizontal border of tab labels"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Width of the horizontal border of tab labels"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Vertical Tab Border"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Vertical Tab Border"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Width of the vertical border of tab labels"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Width of the vertical border of tab labels"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Whether tabs should have homogeneous sizes"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Whether tabs should have homogeneous sizes"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Group ID for tabs drag and drop"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Group ID for tabs drag and drop"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "User Data"
|
|
#~ msgstr "User Data"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Anonymous User Data Pointer"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Anonymous User Data Pointer"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "The menu of options"
|
|
#~ msgstr "The menu of options"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Size of dropdown indicator"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Size of dropdown indicator"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Spacing around indicator"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Spacing around indicator"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid ""
|
|
#~ "Whether the preview widget should take up the entire space it is allocated"
|
|
#~ msgstr ""
|
|
#~ "Whether the preview widget should take up the entire space it is allocated"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "The GtkAdjustment connected to the progress bar (Deprecated)"
|
|
#~ msgstr "The GtkAdjustment connected to the progress bar (Deprecated)"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Bar style"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Bar style"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid ""
|
|
#~ "Specifies the visual style of the bar in percentage mode (Deprecated)"
|
|
#~ msgstr ""
|
|
#~ "Specifies the visual style of the bar in percentage mode (Deprecated)"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Activity Step"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Activity Step"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "The increment used for each iteration in activity mode (Deprecated)"
|
|
#~ msgstr "The increment used for each iteration in activity mode (Deprecated)"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Activity Blocks"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Activity Blocks"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid ""
|
|
#~ "The number of blocks which can fit in the progress bar area in activity "
|
|
#~ "mode (Deprecated)"
|
|
#~ msgstr ""
|
|
#~ "The number of blocks which can fit in the progress bar area in activity "
|
|
#~ "mode (Deprecated)"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Discrete Blocks"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Discrete Blocks"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid ""
|
|
#~ "The number of discrete blocks in a progress bar (when shown in the "
|
|
#~ "discrete style)"
|
|
#~ msgstr ""
|
|
#~ "The number of discrete blocks in a progress bar (when shown in the "
|
|
#~ "discrete style)"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Horizontal adjustment for the text widget"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Horizontal adjustment for the text widget"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Vertical adjustment for the text widget"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Vertical adjustment for the text widget"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Line Wrap"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Line Wrap"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Whether lines are wrapped at widget edges"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Whether lines are wrapped at widget edges"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Word Wrap"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Word Wrap"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Whether words are wrapped at widget edges"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Whether words are wrapped at widget edges"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Tooltips"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Tooltips"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "If the tooltips of the toolbar should be active or not"
|
|
#~ msgstr "If the tooltips of the toolbar should be active or not"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "The orientation of the toolbar"
|
|
#~ msgstr "The orientation of the toolbar"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Whether stock icons should be shown in buttons"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Whether stock icons should be shown in buttons"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Whether or not the operation has been successfully cancelled"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Whether or not the operation has been successfully cancelled"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid ""
|
|
#~ "A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the horizontal alignment of the "
|
|
#~ "text in the progress widget"
|
|
#~ msgstr ""
|
|
#~ "A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the horizontal alignment of the "
|
|
#~ "text in the progress widget"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid ""
|
|
#~ "A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the vertical alignment of the "
|
|
#~ "text in the progress widget"
|
|
#~ msgstr ""
|
|
#~ "A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the vertical alignment of the "
|
|
#~ "text in the progress widget"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "The current page in the document."
|
|
#~ msgstr "The page size of the adjustment"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Homogenous"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Homogenous"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Show Preview"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Show text"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Width In Chararacters"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Width In Chararacters"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Row separator column"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Row separator column"
|
|
|
|
#~ msgid "Folder Mode"
|
|
#~ msgstr "Folder Mode"
|